903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs: Difference between revisions

Latest revision as of 14:10, 26 October 2021

903.7.1 Scope of Conventional Road Guide Sign Standards (MUTCD Section 2D.01)

Standard. The provisions of this article shall apply to any road or street other than expressways and freeways.

903.7.2 Application (MUTCD Section 2D.02)

Support. Guide signs are essential to direct travelers along streets and highways, inform them of intersecting routes, direct them to cities, towns, villages or other important destinations, identify nearby rivers, parks, forests and historical sites, and give information that will help them along their way in the most simple, direct manner.

Refer to EPG 903.2 Extent of Signing for additional information on placement, location and other general criteria for signs.

903.7.3 Color, Retroreflection, and Illumination (MUTCD Section 2D.03)

Support. Requirements for illumination, retroreflection, and color are stated under the specific headings for individual guide signs or groups of signs. General provisions are provided in EPG 903.2.7 and EPG 903.2.9.

Standard. Except where otherwise provided for individual signs or groups of signs, guide signs on streets and highways shall have a white message and border on a green background. All messages, borders and legends shall be retroreflective and all backgrounds shall be retroreflective or illuminated.

Support. Color coding is sometimes used to help road users distinguish between multiple potentially confusing destinations. Examples of valuable uses of color coding include guide signs for roadways approaching or inside an airport property with multiple terminals serving multiple airlines, and community wayfinding guide signs for various traffic generator destinations within a community or area.

Standard. Except where otherwise provided different color sign backgrounds shall not be used to provide color coding of destinations. The color coding shall be accomplished by the use of different colored square or rectangular sign panels on the face of the guide signs.

Option. The different colored sign panels may include a black or white (whichever provides the better contrast with the panel color) letter, numeral, or other appropriate designation to identify an airport terminal or other destination.

Support. Two examples of color-coded sign assemblies are shown in Fig. 903.7.3. EPG 903.7.49 contains specific provisions regarding Community Wayfinding guide signs.

**Fig. 903.7.3, Examples of color-coded sign assemblies**

903.7.4 Size of Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.04)

Standard. Except as provided in EPG 903.2.21, the sizes of conventional road guide signs that have standardized designs shall be as shown in Table 903.7.4.

Support. EPG 903.2.13 contains information regarding the applicability of the various columns in Table 903.7.4.

Option. Signs larger than those shown in Table 903.7.4 may be used.

Support. For other guide signs, the legends are so variable that a standardized design or size is not appropriate. The sign size is determined primarily by the length of the message and the size of lettering and spacing necessary for proper legibility.

Option. Reduced letter height, interline spacing, and edge spacing may be used on guide signs if sign size must be limited by factors such as lane width or vertical or lateral clearance.

Guidance. Reduced spacing between the letters or words on a line of legend should not be used as a means of reducing the overall size of a guide sign, except where determined necessary by engineering judgment to meet unusual lateral space constraints. In such cases, the legibility distance of the sign legend (refer to EPG 903.2.15) should be the primary consideration in determining whether to reduce the spacing between the letters of the words or between the words and the sign border, or to reduce the letter height.

When a reduction in the prescribed size is necessary, the design used should be as similar as possible to the design for the standard size.

Table 903.7.4 Guide Sign Sizes


Sign or Plaque	Sign Designation	EPG Article	Conventional Road (in. x in.)			Freeway/Expressway (in. x in.)
Sign or Plaque	Sign Designation	EPG Article	Single Lane	Multi-Lane	Oversized	Mainline & Ramps
Interstate Route Sign	M1-1	903.7.11	Varies X 24	Varies X 24	-	Varies X 24
Business Loop Sign (interstate only)	M1-2	903.7.11	Varies X 24	Varies X 24	-	Varies X 24
U.S. Route Sign	M1-4	903.7.11	Varies X 24	Varies X 24	-	Varies X 24
State Number Route Sign	M1-5	903.7.11	Varies X 24	Varies X 24	-	Varies X 24
State Letter Route Sign	M1-5a	903.7.11	Varies X 24	Varies X 24	-	Varies X 24
Junction	M2-1	903.7.13	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
NORTH	M3-1	903.7.14	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
EAST	M3-2	903.7.14	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
SOUTH	M3-3	903.7.14	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
WEST	M3-4	903.7.14	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
ALTERNATE	M4-1	903.7.16	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
SPUR	M4-1b	903.7.17	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
BUSINESS	M4-3	903.7.18	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
TO	M4-5	903.7.19	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
END	M4-6	903.7.20	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
TEMPORARY	M4-7	903.7.21	24 X 12	24 X 12	-	24 X 12
Advance Turn Arrow (90° Left/Right)	M5-1	903.7.23	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Advance Turn Arrow (45° Left/Right)	M5-2	903.7.23	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (Left/Right)	M6-1	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (45° Left/Right)	M6-2	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (Straight)	M6-3	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (Two-Way)	M6-4	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (Two-Way 45° Left/Right)	M6-5	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (Up & Left/Right)	M6-6	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Directional Arrow (Up & 45° Left/Right)	M6-7	903.7.25	21 X 15	21 X 15	-	21 X 15
Destination (one line)	D1-1	903.7.34	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Destination (two line)	D1-2	903.7.34	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Destination (three line)	D1-3	903.7.34	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Distance (one line)	D2-1	903.7.38	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Distance (two line)	D2-2	903.7.38	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Distance (three line)	D2-3	903.7.38	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Destination and Distance (one line)	D1-1a	903.7.40	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Destination and Distance (two line)	D1-2a	903.7.40	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Destination and Distance (three line)	D1-3a	903.7.40	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
Street Name (one line)	D3-1	903.7.41	Varies	Varies	-	-
Street Name (two line)	D3-1b	903.7.41	Varies X 18	Varies X 18	-	-
Advance Street Name	D3-2	903.7.42	Varies	Varies	-	Varies
MoDOT Maintenance Ends	M19-2	903.7.45	18 X 12	-	-	-
Parking Area	D4-1	903.7.46	30 X 24	30 X 24	-	-
Commuter	D4-1P	903.7.46	30 X 6	30 X 6	-	-
Commuter Parking	D4-1a	903.7.46	60 X 36	60 X 36	-	-
Park - Ride	D4-2	903.7.47	30 X 36	30 X 36	-	-
Weigh Station _ Miles	D8-1	903.7.48	48 X 48	48 X 48	-	108 X 84
Weigh Station (with arrow)	D8-3	903.7.48	48 X 48	48 X 48	-	84 X 72

903.7.5 Lettering Style (MUTCD Section 2D.05)

Standard. The design of upper-case letters, lower-case letters, numerals, route shields and spacing shall be as provided by the Central Office Highway Safety and Traffic Division.

The lettering for names of places, streets, and highways on conventional road guide signs shall be a combination of lower-case letters with initial upper-case letters (refer to EPG 903.2.15). The nominal loop height of the lower-case letters shall be 3/4 the height of the initial upper-case letter. When a mixed-case legend letter height is specified referring only to the initial upper-case letter, the height of the lower-case letters that follow shall be determined by this proportion. When the height of a lower-case letter is referenced, the reference is made to the nominal loop height and the height of the initial upper-case letter shall also be determined by this proportion.

All other word legends on conventional road guide signs shall be in upper-case letters.

The unique letter forms for each of the Standard Alphabet series shall not be stretched, compressed, warped, or otherwise manipulated. Modifications to the length of a word for a given letter height and series shall be accomplished only by the methods described in EPG 903.7.4.

903.7.6 Size of Lettering (MUTCD Section 2D.06)

Support. Sign legibility is a direct function of letter size and spacing. Legibility distance has to be sufficient to give travelers enough time to read and comprehend the sign. Under optimum conditions, a guide sign message can be read and understood in a brief glance. The legibility distance accounts for factors such as inattention, blocking of view by other vehicles, unfavorable weather, inferior eyesight, or other causes for delayed or slow reading. Where conditions permit, repetition of guide information on successive signs gives the traveler more than one opportunity to obtain the information needed.

Standard. Design layouts for conventional road guide signs shall be provided by Central Office Highway Safety and Traffic Division.

The principal legend on guide signs shall be in letters and numerals at least 6 inches tall for all upper-case letters, or a combination of 6 inches tall for upper-case letters and 4.5 inches tall for lower-case letters.

Guidance. Lettering sizes should be consistent on any particular class of highway.

The minimum lettering sizes provided should be exceeded where conditions indicate a need for greater legibility.

903.7.7 Amount of Legend (MUTCD Section 2D.07)

Support. The longer the legend is on a guide sign, the longer it will take travelers to comprehend it, regardless of letter size.

Guidance. Except where otherwise provided, guide signs should be limited to no more than three lines of destinations, which include place names, route numbers, street names, and cardinal directions. Where two or more signs are included in the same overhead display, the amount of legend should be further minimized. Where appropriate, a distance message or action information, such as an exit number, NEXT RIGHT, or directional arrows, should be provided on guide signs in addition to the destinations.

903.7.8 Arrows (MUTCD Section 2D.08)

Support. Arrows are used for lane assignment and to indicate the direction toward designated routes or destinations. Figure 903.7.8 shows the various standard arrow designs that have been approved for use on guide signs. Detailed drawings and standardized sizes based on ranges of letter heights for these arrows will be provided by Central Office Highway Safety and Traffic.

Standard. On overhead signs where it is desirable to indicate a lane to be followed, a down arrow shall be positioned approximately over the center of the lane and shall point vertically downward toward the approximate center of that lane. Down arrows shall be used only on overhead guide signs that restrict the use of specific lanes to traffic bound for the destination(s) and/or route(s) indicated by these arrows. Down arrows shall not be used unless an arrow can be located over and pointed to the approximate center of each lane that can be used to reach the destination displayed on the sign.

If down arrows are used, having more than one down arrow pointing to the same lane on a single overhead sign or on multiple signs on the same overhead signs structure shall not be permitted. Where a roadway is leaving the through lanes, a directional arrow shall point upward at an angle that approximates the alignment of the exit roadway.

Curved-stem arrows shall not be used on any sign that is not associated with a circular intersection.

Guidance. Arrows used on guide signs to indicate the directions toward designated routes or destinations should be pointed at the appropriate angle to clearly convey the direction to be taken. A horizontally oriented directional arrow design should be used at right-angle intersections.

On a post-mounted guide sign, a directional arrow for a straight-through movement should point upward. For a turn, the arrow on a guide sign should point horizontally or at an upward angle that approximates the sharpness of the turn.

Option. Arrows may be placed below the principal sign legend or on the appropriate side of the legend.

Guidance. At an exit, an arrow should be placed at the side of the sign that will reinforce the movement of exiting traffic. The directional arrow design should be used.

Arrows used in Overhead Arrow-per-Lane and Diagrammatic guide signing, if used on conventional roads, except for signs on approaches to roundabouts, should follow the principles set forth in EPG 903.8.33 Interchange Classification. Arrows used in Diagrammatic guide signing on approaches to roundabouts should follow the principles set forth in EPG 903.7.35.

**Fig. 903.7.8 Various standard arrow designs approved for use on guide signs**

903.7.9 Numbered Highway Systems (MUTCD Section 2D.09)

Support. The purpose of numbering and signing highway systems should identify routes and facilitate travel.

The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) number the interstate and U.S. highway systems upon recommendations of the state highway organizations because the respective states own these systems. State and county road systems are numbered by the appropriate authorities.

The basic policy for numbering the interstate and U.S. highway systems is contained in the following Purpose and Policy statements published by AASHTO:

A. “Establishment and Development of United States Numbered Highways”; and

B. “Establishment of a Marking System of the Routes Comprising the National System of Interstate and Defense Highways.”

Guidance. The principles of these policies should be followed in establishing the highway systems and any other system, with effective coordination between adjacent jurisdictions. Care should be taken to avoid the use of numbers or other designations that have been assigned to interstate, U.S., or state routes in the same geographic area. Overlapping numbered routes should be kept to a minimum.

Standard. Route systems shall be given preference in this order: interstate, U.S., state and county. The preference shall be given by installing the highest-priority legend on the top or the left of the sign.

903.7.10 Route Signs and Auxiliary Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.10)

Standard. All numbered highway routes shall be identified by route signs and auxiliary signs. The signs for each system of numbered highways, which are distinctive in shape and color, shall be used only on that system and the approaches thereto.

Option. Route signs and auxiliary signs may be proportionally enlarged where greater legibility is needed.

Support. Route signs are typically mounted in assemblies with auxiliary signs. EPG 903.7.51 and EPG 903.7.52 contain information regarding the signing for scenic byways.

EPG 903.9.5 contains information regarding the signing for Auto Tour Routes.

903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)

Standard. The MoDOT Sign Management System (SMS) Sign Catalog shall be used for designing route signs. The authority having jurisdiction shall establish other route sign designs.

Interstate Route signs (M1-1) shall consist of a cutout shield, with the route number in white letters on a blue background, the word INTERSTATE in white upper-case letters on a red background and a white border. This sign shall be used on all interstate routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.

A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for interstate route numbers with one or two digits, and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for interstate route numbers having three digits.

Off-Interstate Business Route (M1-2) signs shall consist of a cutout shield carrying the number of the connecting Interstate route and the words BUSINESS and LOOP in upper-case letters. The legend and border shall be white on a green background and the shield shall be the same shape and dimensions as the Interstate Route sign. In no instance shall the word INTERSTATE appear on the Off-Interstate Business Route sign.

Option. The Off-Interstate Business Route sign may be used on a major highway that is not a part of the Interstate system, but one that serves the business area of a city from an interchange on the system and rejoins the major highway. When used on a green guide sign, a white square or rectangle may be placed behind the shield to improve contrast.

Standard. U.S. Route (M1-4) signs shall consist of black numerals on a white shield surrounded by a black background without a border. This sign shall be used on all U.S. routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.

A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for U.S. route numbers with one or two digits, and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for U.S. route numbers having three digits.

State Numbered Route (M1-5) signs shall consist of black numerals on a white representation of the State of Missouri surrounded by a rectangular black background without a border. (A design detail is provided in Sign Detail) This sign shall be used on all state routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.

A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state numbered route numbers with one or two digits, and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state numbers having three digits.

State Lettered Route (M1-5a) signs shall be rectangular with the route letter in the center. The legend and border shall be black on a white background.

A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state lettered routes with one letter and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state lettered routes having two letters.

Guidance. The letters G, I, L, Q and S should not be used on State Lettered Route signs. The letter R should be used on supplemental routes connecting state parks or other recreational facilities. Usually, but not always, double letter routes are farm to market roads that end at county roads or are former alignments of other highways.

Support. Missouri is the only state to extensively use lettering on its highway system. The 1952 Missouri 10-Year Highway Modernization and Expansion Program (the “Takeover Program”) upgraded 12,000 miles of county roads. The roads became known as supplemental routes. The program provided a state-maintained road within 2 miles of 95% of all rural units, such as farm homes, churches, schools, stores, etc. Missouri opted to use letters to label these routes to avoid confusion with the existing numbered routes.

903.7.12 Design of Route Sign Auxiliaries (MUTCD Section 2D.12)

Standard. All route sign auxiliaries shall match the color combination of the route sign that they supplement. If a route sign and its auxiliary signs are combined on a single sign with a green background, the auxiliary messages shall be white legends placed directly on the green background. Auxiliary signs shall not be mounted directly to a guide sign or other type of sign.

Option. A route sign and any auxiliary signs used with it may be combined on a single sign as a guide sign.

903.7.13 Junction Auxiliary Sign (M2-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.13)

Standard. The Junction (M2-1) auxiliary sign shall carry the abbreviated legend JCT and shall be mounted at the top of an assembly (see EPG 903.7.27) directly above the route sign, the sign for an alternative route (see EPG 903.7.16) that is part of the route designation, or the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign where access is available only to one direction of the intersected route. The minimum size of the Junction auxiliary sign shall be 21 in. x 15 in. for compatibility with auxiliary signs carrying arrow symbols.

903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)

M3-1

M3-2

M3-3

M3-4

Guidance. Cardinal Direction auxiliary signs carrying the legend NORTH, EAST, SOUTH or WEST should be used to indicate the general direction of the entire route.

Standard. To improve the readability and recognition of the cardinal directions, the first letter of the cardinal direction words shall be ten percent larger, rounded up to the nearest whole number size.

If used, the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign or, if used, an auxiliary sign for an alternative route.

Guidance. Cardinal Directions shall not be used with a business route or Missouri Lettered route markers.

Support. Odd-numbered routes run north south; even-numbered routes east west.

903.7.15 Auxiliary Signs for Alternative Routes (M4 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.16)

Option. Auxiliary signs, carrying legends such as ALTERNATE, SPUR, or BUSINESS may be used to indicate an alternate route of the same number between two points on that route.

Standard. If used, the auxiliary signs for alternative routes shall be mounted directly above a route sign.

903.7.16 ALTERNATE Auxiliary Signs (M4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.17)

M4-1

Support. An alternate route starts at a point where it branches from the main numbered route, may pass through certain cities and towns and then connect back with the regular route some miles distant.

Option. The ALTERNATE (M4-1) auxiliary sign may be used to indicate an officially designated alternate routing of a numbered route between two points on that route.

Standard. If used, the ALTERNATE auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign.

Guidance. The shorter (time or distance) or better-constructed route should retain the regular route number, and the longer or worse-constructed route should be designated the alternate route.

903.7.17 SPUR Auxiliary Sign (M4-1b)

M4-1b

Support. A spur is a highway that diverges from its primary parent highway to serve a specific area or connect to another highway

Option. The SPUR (M4-1b) auxiliary sign may be used to indicate a designated spur routing of a route.

Standard. If used, the SPUR auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign. The SPUR auxiliary sign shall be used on Missouri numbered and letter routes. The SPUR auxiliary sign shall not be used on Interstates or U.S. routes.

903.7.18 BUSINESS Auxiliary Sign (M4-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.19)

M4-3

Option. The BUSINESS (M4-3) auxiliary sign may be used to designate an alternate route that branches from a numbered route, passes through the business portion of a city and rejoins the numbered route beyond that area.

Standard. If used, the BUSINESS auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign.

Cardinal Directions shall not be used with a business route.

903.7.19 TO Auxiliary Sign (M4-5) (MUTCD Section 2D.21)

M4-5

Option. The TO (M4-5) auxiliary sign may be used to provide directional guidance to a particular road facility from other highways in the vicinity (see EPG 903.7.28).

Standard. If used, the TO auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign or an auxiliary sign for an alternative route. If a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign is also included in the assembly, the TO auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign.

903.7.20 END Auxiliary Sign (M4-6) (MUTCD Section 2D.22)

M4-6

Guidance. The END (M4-6) auxiliary sign should be used where the route being traveled ends, usually at a junction with another route. The END auxiliary sign is not to be used to indicate the end of a lettered route.

Standard. If used, the END auxiliary sign shall be mounted either directly above a route sign, above a sign for an alternative route or above a business route marker that is part of the designation of the route being terminated.

903.7.21 TEMPORARY Auxiliary Signs (M4-7) (MUTCD Section 2D.24)

M4-7

Option. The TEMPORARY (M4-7) auxiliary sign may be used for an interim period to designate a section of highway that is not planned as a permanent part of a numbered route, but that connects completed portions of that route.

Standard. If used, the TEMPORARY auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above the route sign, above a Cardinal Direction sign, or above a sign for an alternate route that is a part of the route designation. TEMPORARY auxiliary signs shall be promptly removed when the temporary route is abandoned.

903.7.22 Temporary Detour and Auxiliary Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.25)

Support. EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations contains information regarding Temporary Detour and Auxiliary signs.

903.7.23 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2, M5-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)

Standard. If used, the Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly below the route sign in Advance Route Turn assemblies and display a right or left arrow, the shaft of which is bent at a 90-degree angle (M5-1) or at a 45-degree angle (M5-2).

If used, the curved-stem Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary (M5-3) sign shall be used only on the approach to a circular intersection to depict a movement along the circulatory roadway around the central island and to the left, relative to the approach roadway and entry into the intersection.

Guidance. If the M5-3 sign is used, then this arrow type should also be used consistently on any regulatory lane-use signs, destination signs, and pavement markings for a particular destination or movement.

903.7.24 Lane Designation Auxiliary Signs (M5-4, M5-5, M5-6) (MUTCD Section 2D.27)

Option. A Lane Designation (M5-4, M5-5 or M5-6) auxiliary sign may be mounted directly below the route sign in an Advance Route Turn assembly on multi-lane roadways to allow road users to move into the appropriate lane prior to reaching the intersection or interchange.

Standard. If used, the Lane Designation auxiliary signs shall be used only where the designated lane is a mandatory movement lane and shall be located adjacent to the full-width portion of the mandatory movement lane. The Lane Designation auxiliary signs shall not be installed adjacent to a through lane in advance of a lane that is being added or along the taper for a lane that is being added.

903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)

M6-2

M6-5

M6-6

M6-7

Standard. If used, the Directional Arrow auxiliary sign shall be mounted below the route sign and any other auxiliary signs in directional assemblies and display a single- or double-headed arrow pointing in the general direction that the route follows.

A directional arrow auxiliary sign that displays a double-headed arrow shall not be mounted in any directional assembly in advance of or at a circular intersection.

Guidance. The Straight Arrows (M6 Series) may be substituted for the Advance Turn arrows (M5-1 and M5-2) used near the “on” ramps of tight diamond interchanges to reduce the possibility of motorist confusion about which ramp to enter.

903.7.26 Route Sign Assemblies (MUTCD Section 2D.29)

Standard. A Route Sign assembly shall consist of a route sign and auxiliary signs that further identify the route and indicate the direction. Route Sign assemblies shall be installed on all approaches to numbered routes that intersect with other numbered routes.

Where two or more routes follow the same section of highway, the route signs for interstate, U.S., state and county routes shall be mounted in that order from the left in horizontal arrangements and from the top in vertical arrangements. Subject to this order of precedence, route signs for lower-numbered routes shall be placed at the left or top.

Within groups of assemblies, information for routes intersecting from the left shall be mounted at the left in horizontal arrangements and at the top or center of vertical arrangements. Similarly, information for routes intersecting from the right shall be at the right or bottom, and for straight-through routes at the center in horizontal arrangements or top in vertical arrangements.

Route Sign assemblies shall be mounted according to EPG 903.3.3 Mounting Height, with the lowest sign in the assembly at the height prescribed for single signs.

Guidance. Assemblies for two or more routes, or for different directions on the same route, should be mounted in groups on a common support.

Option. Route Sign assemblies may be installed on the approaches to numbered routes on unnumbered roads and streets that carry an appreciable amount of traffic destined for the numbered route.

If engineering judgment indicates that groups of assemblies that include overlapping routes or multiple turns might be confusing, route signs or auxiliary signs may be omitted or combined, provided that clear directions are given to road users.

Support. Refer to Typical Signing Applications for additional information.

These assemblies for independent use are Flat Sheet signs. For interstate shields, payment is the same, but these contain blue sheeting. For cardinal directions placed over the interstate shield, a note is placed on Form D-30 to indicate the number of cardinal directions which are interstate design, and which are the black on white type. This is also indicated for arrow signs placed below the interstate shield. For overlapping routes with an interstate and any other type of roadway containing the same cardinal direction, only one cardinal direction is required, and one arrow sign, with the interstate design being used, as indicated on typical signing plans for diamond interchanges and cloverleaf interchanges.

903.7.27 Junction Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.30)

Standard. A Junction assembly shall consist of a Junction auxiliary sign and a route sign. The route sign shall carry the number, or letter, of the intersected or joined route.

The Junction assembly shall be installed in advance of every intersection where a state route is intersected or joined by another state route.

Guidance. In urban areas, the Junction assembly should be installed in the block preceding the intersection. In urban areas where speeds are low, the Junction assembly should not be installed more than 300 ft. in advance of the intersection.

In rural areas, the Junction assembly should be installed at least 400 ft. in advance of the intersection. In rural areas, the minimum distance between a Junction assembly and either a destination sign or an Advance Route Turn assembly should be 200 feet.

Where speeds are high, greater spacing should be used.

903.7.28 Advance Route Turn Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.31)

Standard. An Advance Route Turn assembly shall consist of a route sign, an Advance Turn Arrow or word message auxiliary sign and a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, if needed. It shall be installed in advance of an intersection where a turn must be made to remain on the indicated route.

Option. The Advance Route Turn assembly may be used to supplement the required Junction assembly in advance of intersecting routes.

Guidance. Where a multiple-lane highway approaches an interchange or intersection with a numbered route, the Advance Route Turn assembly should be used to pre-position turning vehicles in the correct lanes from which to make their turn.

Option. Lane Designation auxiliary signs may be used in Advance Route Turn assemblies in place of the Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary signs where engineering judgment indicates that specific lane information associated with each route is needed and overhead signing is not practical and the designated lane is a mandatory movement lane. An assembly with the Lane Designation auxiliary signs may supplement or substitute for an assembly with Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary signs.

Standard. An assembly that includes an Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary sign shall not be placed so that an intersection is between it and the designated turn.

Guidance. Sufficient distance should be allowed between the assembly and any preceding intersection that could be mistaken for the indicated turn.

903.7.29 Directional Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.32)

Standard. Directional assembly shall consist of a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, a route sign and a Directional Arrow auxiliary sign. The various uses of Directional assemblies shall be as provided in Items A through D:

A. Turn movements (indicated in advance by an Advance Route Turn assembly) shall be marked by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the turning route and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of the turn.

B. The beginning of a route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) shall be marked by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of that route and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of the route.

C. An intersected route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) on a crossroad where the route is designated on both legs shall be designated by:

1. Two Directional assemblies, each with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route, a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of movement on that route; or

2. A Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route and a double-headed arrow, pointing at appropriate angles to the left, right or ahead.

D. An intersected route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) on a side road or on a crossroad where the route is designated only on one of the legs shall be designated by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route, a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of movement on that route.

Guidance. Straight-through movements should be indicated by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the continuing route and a vertical arrow. A Directional assembly is not to be used for a straight-through movement in the absence of other assemblies indicating right or left turns, as the Confirming assembly sign beyond the intersection normally provides adequate guidance.

Directional assemblies should be located on the near right corner of the intersection. At major intersections and at Y or offset intersections, additional Directional assemblies should be installed on the far right or left corner to confirm the near-side assemblies. When the near-corner position is not practical for Directional assemblies, the far right corner should be the preferred alternative, with oversized signs, if necessary, for legibility. Where unusual conditions exist, the location of a Directional assembly should be determined by engineering judgment with the goal being to provide the best possible combination of view and safety.

Support. It is more important that guide signs be readable, and that the information and direction displayed thereon be readily understood, at the appropriate time and place than to be located with absolute uniformity. Refer to EPG 903.16 Typical Signing Applications for additional information.

903.7.30 Combination Lane-Use/Destination Overhead Guide Sign (MUTCD Section 2D.33)

Option. At complex intersection approaches involving multiple turn lanes and destinations, a Combination Lane-Use/Destination (D15-1) overhead guide sign that combines a lane-use regulatory sign with destination information such as a cardinal direction, a route number, a street name and/or a place name may be used.

Support. At such locations, the combined information on the D15-1 signs can be even more effective than separate lane-use and guide signs for conveying to unfamiliar drivers which lane or lanes to use for a particular destination.

Standard. The Combination Lane-Use/Destination (D15-1) overhead guide sign shall be used only where the designated lane is a mandatory movement lane. The D15-1 sign shall not be used for lanes with optional movements.

The D15-1 sign shall have a green background with a white border. The D15-1 sign shall be located approximately over the center of the lane to which it applies. If used on new projects, the lane-use sign shall be placed near the bottom of the sign and the destination information shall be placed near the top of the sign.

903.7.31 Confirming or Reassurance Assemblies (MUTCD Section 2D.34)

Standard. Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall consist of a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and a route sign. Lettered routes, business routes, business loops and spurs do not receive Cardinal Direction auxiliary signs. Where the Confirming or Reassurance assembly is for an alternative route, the appropriate auxiliary sign for an alternative route shall also be included in the assembly.

Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall be erected on the far side of all junctions to identify the route the driver is currently on. Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall be used on the far side of major intersections in urban areas.

Guidance. A Confirming assembly should be placed 25 ft. to 200 ft. beyond the far shoulder or curb line of the intersected highway.

If used, Reassurance assemblies should be installed between intersections in urban areas as needed, and beyond the built-up area of any incorporated city or town.

Route signs for either confirming or reassurance purposes should be spaced at such intervals as necessary to keep road users informed of their routes.

A route sign should be placed 500 feet beyond the downstream end of interchange acceleration lanes confirming the route(s) the driver is entering onto.

Option. Additional confirmation assemblies may be used on the far side of minor intersections in heavy commercial or congested areas.

On freeways with emergency reference markers the confirmation route assembly may be omitted only if there is no overlapping route on that portion of the freeway, as the emergency reference marker serves as the confirmation.

903.7.32 Trailblazer Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.35)

Support. Trailblazer assemblies provide directional guidance to a particular road facility from other highways in the vicinity. This guidance is accomplished by installing Trailblazer assemblies at strategic locations to indicate the direction to the nearest or most convenient point of access. The use of the word TO indicates that the road or street where the sign is posted is not a part of the indicated route and that a traveler is merely being directed progressively to the route.

Standard. A Trailblazer assembly shall consist of a TO auxiliary sign, a route sign for a numbered or named highway or an Auto Tour Route sign, and a single-headed Directional Arrow auxiliary sign pointing in the direction leading to the route. Where the Trailblazer assembly is for an alternative route, the appropriate auxiliary sign for an alternative route shall also be included in the assembly.

Option. A Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign may be used with a Trailblazer assembly.

Guidance. The TO auxiliary sign, Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and Directional Arrow auxiliary sign should be of the standard size provided for auxiliary signs of their respective type. The route sign should be the size provided in EPG 903.7.11.

Trailblazer assemblies may be installed with other Route Sign assemblies, or alone, in the immediate vicinity of the designated facilities.

903.7.33 Destination and/or Distance Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.36)

Support. In addition to guidance by route numbers, it is desirable to supply the road user information concerning the destinations that can be reached by way of numbered or unnumbered routes. This is done by means of Destination and/or Distance signs.

States are not routinely listed as destinations in conjunction with the control city or destination. For example, when listing Des Moines on a guide sign, it is not necessary to list Iowa or the abbreviation IA. When ambiguity exits such as Kansas City, Missouri or Kansas City, Kansas, it becomes necessary to list the city with the state's proper abbreviation. Justification is required when using abbreviations of states or the entire state name on Destination and/or Distance Signs.

Option. Route shields and cardinal directions may be included on the Destination sign with the destinations and arrows.

Guidance. If Route shields and cardinal directions are included on a Destination sign, the height of the Route shields should be at least two times the height of the upper-case letters of the principal legend and not less than 18 inches, and the cardinal directions should be in all upper-case letters that are at least the minimum height specified for these signs.

Standard. Except where special interchange signing is prescribed, Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series) shall be white on green horizontal rectangle signs carrying the name of a city, town, village or other state route. The letters “MO” shall not be used, however, the letter “I” for interstate routes or “US” for United States routes will be shown. When state route is required, the legend ROUTE XX or its shield shall be used, regardless whether it is a numbered or lettered route. For signs with legends 8 inches or larger, Route Shields shall be used in lieu of text legend.

The order of destinations shall be ahead, left and then right. If there is more than one destination shown in the same direction, the name of the nearest destination shall appear above the names of any destinations that are farther away.

Destinations shall not include traffic generators such as universities, stadiums, amusement parks or other publicly or privately owned attractions.

Guidance. No more than three destinations should be used on a Destination and/or Distance Sign (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series).

Adequate separation should be made between any destinations or group of destinations in one direction and those in other directions by suitable design of the arrow, spacing of lines of legend, heavy lines entirely across the panel or separate panels.

Destinations should appear on all subsequent Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1, and D1-1a Series) for continuity until the corporate limits of the destination are reached.

Option. Unincorporated communities may be used on Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series) at junctions of state routes where it is more appropriate than using incorporated communities if that destination meets the qualifications of EPG 903.9.9.

Standard. On DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series), an arrow pointing to the right shall be at the extreme right of the sign, and an arrow pointing left or up shall be at the extreme left.

Guidance. Arrows used on DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) for conventional routes should be limited to left, thru and right arrows. Unless a sloping arrow conveys a clearer indication of the direction to be followed, the directional arrows should be horizontal or vertical.

When used in high-speed areas, DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) should be located 200 ft. or more in advance of the intersection and following any Junction or Advance Route Turn assemblies that may be required.

Option. In urban areas, shorter advance distances may be used.

Because the DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) are of lesser importance than the Junction, Advance Route Turn or Directional assemblies, the DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) may be eliminated when sign spacing is critical.

Standard. For DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) and DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series), mileages to towns and cities shall be based on the control point of that town or city. Control points are usually a major intersection with another state route, near the business district of that town or city. In no case should the mileage shown on the DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) or DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series) at an intersection exit be different from that shown for the same destination on any other leg of the approach to/from said intersection.

Terminal points for use in determining distances for DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) and DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series) to more important towns and cities shall be revised and furnished by the State Highway Safety and Traffic Engineer, upon request.

The selection of destinations on a Distance sign shall be determined by the following rules:

A. The first or top line shall identify the next interchange or community along the route;

B. If used, the second or middle line should list the next control point on the route; and

C. The third or bottom line shall identify the next control city on the route.

Guidance. Distances should be rounded to the nearest whole mile and the distances should be to the actual destination, not the ramp exit gore, city limits, or intersection.

Distance signs may have one line or a maximum of three lines.

Distances may be a number of miles from the route terminus.

On two-lane roads where the distance between intersections of numbered routes exceeds 10 miles, additional Distance signs should be placed after intersections with lettered routes so that the spacing between Distance signs does not exceed 10 miles.

The control city should remain the same on all successive Distance signs throughout the length of the route until that city is reached.

Option. If more than one distant point may properly be designated (e.g. where the route divides at some distance ahead to serve two destinations of similar importance) and if these two destinations cannot appear on the same sign, the two names may be alternated on successive signs.

On a route extending into another state, destinations in the adjacent state may be shown.

MoDOT routes approved for distance signing

Control Points - Distance Signing

Support. Control cities are defined for the interstate system in the AASHTO List of Control Cities for Use in Guide Signs on Interstate Highways and Table 903.8.11, Interstate Sign Control Cities. Control cities on other systems are determined as the next community located where the route intersects with a U.S. numbered route. A list of routes eligible for distance signing and the appropriate control points is available.

Guidance. The destination shown for each direction should ordinarily be the next county seat or the next principal city, rather than a more distant destination. In the case of overlapping routes, there should be shown only one destination in each direction for each route.

903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37)

D1-1

D1-2

D1-3

Standard. Destination (D1-1 through D1-3) signs shall be a horizontal rectangle displaying the name of a city, town or village and a directional arrow indicating the direction to the destination. Destination (D1 Series) signs shall not indicate distance to the destination.

Destination signs shall be provided at the junctions of all interstate, U.S. and state routes except where it is deemed not appropriate or routes that have no destination to be listed. Locations for which Destination signs might not be appropriate are business routes, loops, alternate routes or locations signed in EPG 903.7.40, Destination and Distance Signs (D1-1a Series).

Destination signs shall be installed along crossroads within the limits of an interchange. At intersections where a Distance (D2 Series) is provided after the turn, a Destination sign shall be installed on the approach to the intersection.

Guidance. If several individual name signs are assembled into a group, all signs in the assembly should be of the same horizontal width.

In the case where no communities exist, numbered routes should be provided on the Destination (D1-1 Series) signs.

903.7.35 Destination Signs at Circular Intersections (MUTCD Section 2D.38)

D1-1d

Standard. Destination signs that are used at circular intersections shall comply with the provisions of EPG 903.7.34.

Option. Exit destination (D1-1d, D1-1e) signs with diagonal upward-pointing arrows or Directional assemblies may be used to designate a particular exit from a circular intersection.

Exit destination (D1-2d, D1-3d) signs with curved-stem arrows may be used on approaches to circular intersections to represent the left-turn movements.

Curved-stem arrows on circular intersection destination signs may point in diagonal directions to depict the location of an exit relative to the approach roadway and entry into the intersection.

Guidance. If curved-stem arrows are used on destination signs, then this arrow type should also be used consistently on any regulatory lane-use signs, Directional assemblies, and pavement markings for a particular destination or movement.

Support. Figs. 903.7.35.1 and 903.7.35.2 illustrate two examples of guide signing for circular intersections.

EPG 903.5 contains information regarding regulatory signs at circular intersections and EPG 903.6 contains information regarding warning signs at circular intersections.

Standard. Diagrammatic guide signs for circular intersections shall not be used.

**Fig. 903.7.35.1, Example of Guide Signs for Roundabouts**

**Fig. 903.7.35.2, Example of Guide Signs for Roundabouts**

903.7.36 Destination Signs at Jughandles (MUTCD Section 2D.39)

Standard. Destination signs that are used at jughandles shall comply with the provisions of EPG 903.7.34.

903.7.37 Location of Destination Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.40)

Support. Refer to EPG 903.16 Typical Signing Applications for typical placements of Destination signs.

903.7.38 Distance Signs (D2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.41)

D2-1

D2-2

D2-3

Standard. If used, the Distance (D2-1 through D2-3) signs shall be a horizontal rectangle of a size appropriate for the required legend, carrying the names of no more than three cities, towns, or junctions.

The Distance numerals shall be placed to the right of the destination names.

Distance signs shall display the distance (to the nearest mile) to the destination in the forward direction. Distance signs shall not include arrows.

Guidance. Distance (D2 Series) signs should be erected on Interstate, U.S. numbered, and Missouri numbered routes only and shall be erected for example:

A. When leaving an incorporated area;

B. Following an on ramp at an interchange; and

C. Following an intersection with another numbered route.

Distance signs should not be erected in urban areas, except following an interchange.

903.7.39 Location of Distance Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)

Guidance. If used, Distance signs should be installed on important routes leaving municipalities and just beyond intersections of numbered routes in rural areas. If used, they should be placed just outside the municipal limits or at the edge of the built-up area if it extends beyond the limits.

Where overlapping routes separate a short distance from the municipal limits, the Distance signs at the municipal limits should be omitted. The Distance sign should be installed approximately 300 ft. beyond the separation of the two routes.

Where, just outside of an incorporated municipality, two routes are concurrent and continue concurrently to the next incorporated municipality, the top name on the Distance sign should be that of the place where the routes separate; the bottom name should be that of the city to which the greater part of the through traffic is destined.

Support. EPG 903.16 Typical Signing Applications shows typical placements of Distance signs.

903.7.40 Destination and Distance Signs (D1a Series)

D1-1a

D1-2a

D1-3a

Standard. Destination and Distance (D1-1a through D1-3a) signs shall display a directional arrow and distance to the destination.

Destination and Distance (D1a Series) signs shall not be installed within the limits of an interchange, except at the ramp terminal.

At an intersection, where a Distance (D2 Series) sign is not provided leaving the intersection or at the end of the ramp terminal, a Destination and Distance sign shall be used in advance of the intersection.

An arrow pointing to the right shall be at the extreme right of the sign, and an arrow pointing left or up shall be at the extreme left. The distance figures shall be placed to the right of the destination names.

903.7.41 Street Name Signs (D3-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)

D3-1

D3-1b

D3-1c

Standard. The Street Name sign shall be retroreflective or illuminated to show the same shape and similar color both day and night. The color of the legend and border shall contrast with the background color of the sign.

MoDOT shall only install Street Name signs at signalized intersection approaches that have been officially named by the local jurisdiction. Street Name signs are not installed for any approach to fire stations, commercial entrances, schools, or an entrance to a freeway or expressway-type highway. The Street Name signs shall be mounted on a mast arm and on span wire signals between the carrier and tether wires and shall be mounted a maximum of 12 inches from the center of the upright support. This distance may be increased on span wire signals if the support isn’t adjacent to the roadway (see Fig. 903.7.41).

Requests for a Street Name sign from individuals shall not be considered. The Street Names sign erected by others shall be a minimum of 7 ft. above the roadway surface and a minimum of 2 ft. beyond all shoulder points. All locations shall be field checked before installation approval is granted.

One-line Street Name (D3-1) signs shall be used when mounting onto either a signal mast arm or between the carrier and tether wires on span wire signals. This sign shall be 18 inches tall by variable length, not to exceed 8 feet.

Two-line Street Name (D3-1b) signs shall be mounted onto either a signal mast arm or between tether wires on span wire signals. This sign shall be 18 inches tall by variable length, not to exceed 8 feet.

D3-1 signs mounted on vertical signal posts shall be 12 inches tall by variable length, not to exceed 4 feet.

If a Street Name sign is installed above a STOP sign, it shall be located with a vertical clearance between 1 inch and 4 inches measured from the bottom of the Street Name sign to the top of the STOP sign. The Street Name sign shall be mounted independently of the STOP sign and the installation shall not interfere with the maintenance of the STOP sign. Only one Street Name sign shall be allowed for a side street and shall be mounted above the STOP sign. MoDOT shall maintain the STOP sign and post. Maintenance of the Street Name sign shall be the responsibility of the local political subdivision. It is not MoDOT’s intention to upgrade existing STOP sign posts to allow the addition of a Street Name sign. Attachments to our existing STOP sign post shall be by bracket, flat stock, channel “U” posts, or other methods approved by MoDOT. The maximum width of a Street Name sign placed over a MoDOT STOP sign shall not exceed the width of the STOP sign.

When a Street Name sign, erected by others, is installed on a separate post, maintenance of the Street Name sign and post shall be the responsibility of the political subdivision.

MoDOT shall not participate in the establishment, procurement or installation of any local route markers.

MoDOT's route numbering system shall be considered when developing the local route numbering system in order to preclude the possibility of the route number of the local system intersecting the same number of the state system.

The local route signing shall be limited to one installation per direction for an intersection.

If D3-1 series signs are being used, then they shall be installed according to the Street Name signing for non-signalized intersections.

All locations should be field checked before installation to ensure the sign causes no reduction in sight distance.

Option. Any political subdivision may erect, furnish and maintain a Street Name sign of the same type as the D3-1 series on state right of way at non-signalized intersections. Conventional abbreviations (refer to Abbreviations Used on Traffic Control Devices) may be used except for the street name itself.

A symbol or letter designation may be used on a Street Name sign to identify the governmental jurisdiction, area of jurisdiction or other government-approved institution.

Street Name signs may be either the street name (surname) or route identification and may display block numbers or a logo to compliment the design of the signs used by the community a state route passes through. Because there are size limitations for Street Name signs, these features will be omitted if the space is required for sign legend.

Standard. If a symbol or letter designation is used, the height and width of the symbol or letter designation shall not exceed the letter height of the sign, see Table 903.7.41.

Table 903.7.41 Recommended Minimum Letter Heights on Street Name Signs


Type of Mounting	Type of Street or Highway	Speed Limit	Recommended Minimum Letter Height
Type of Mounting	Type of Street or Highway	Speed Limit	Initial Upper-Case (in.)	Lower-Case (in.)
Overhead	All types	All speed limits	12	9
Post-mounted	Multi-lane	More than 40 mph	8	6
Post-mounted	Multi-lane	40 mph or less	6	4.5
Post-mounted	2-lane	All speed limits	6*	4.5*
* On local two-lane streets with speed limits of 25 mph or less, 4 in. initial upper-case letters with 3 in. lower-case letters may be used.

Guidance. The symbol or letter designation should be positioned to the left of the street name.

Standard. Alternative background colors shall not be used for Advance Street Name (D3-2) signs.

MoDOT’s standard street name color is white legend on a green background. If a local jurisdiction requests an alternate color for the street name signs in their jurisdiction, the only acceptable alternative background colors for Street Name (D3-1 or D3-1b) signs shall be blue, brown, or white. Regardless of whether green, blue, or brown is used as the background color for Street Name signs, the legend and border shall be white. For Street Name signs that use a white background, the legend and border shall be black. The local subdivision shall provide the entire route with the same colors.

If an alternative background color is requested by a local jurisdiction, that jurisdiction will be responsible for the cost of upgrading the street name signs to the new color if the MoDOT signs are replaced prematurely.

Guidance. Encourage the local subdivision to use route markers like either our Street Name, D3-1 sign or a local route shield similar to that shown in the MUTCD as sign number M1-5.

Street Name signs should have a white legend on a green background. A border should be the same color as the legend.

In business districts and on principal arterials, Street Name signs should be placed at least on diagonally opposite corners. In residential areas, at least one Street Name sign should be mounted at each intersection. Signs naming both streets should be installed at each intersection and should be mounted with their faces parallel to the streets they name.

On two-line type Street Name signs arrows should be used to indicate which side of the street the name applies.

The width of a Street Name sign mounted above a STOP sign is not to be greater than the width of the STOP sign it is mounted over. Route marking shield signs are not to be installed above our STOP sign.

The Street Name sign should be mounted with its face parallel to the street it is naming. If the Stop sign has ONE WAY signs mounted above it, such as on expressways, the Street Name sign should be installed on a separate post.

When a Street Name sign, erected by others, is installed on a separate post, the sign should be located near the STOP sign and not block the face of the STOP sign. If the Street Name sign is being installed at a location where there is no STOP sign, it should be located on the far right-hand side of the intersection for traffic on the major street. Any Street Name sign should be mounted with its face parallel to the street it is naming.

In areas where we have narrow right of way, consideration should be given to placing the Street Name sign at the right of way if sight distance permits.

Option. To optimize visibility, Street Name signs may be mounted overhead. Street Name signs may also be placed above a regulatory or STOP or YIELD sign.

At intersection crossroads where the same road has two different street names for each direction of travel, both street names may be shown on the same sign along with directional arrows.

If local route shield type signs are being used, the signs may be installed in one of the following ways: at the right of way line facing either parallel or perpendicular to the highway; at the intersection near, but not to block, the stop sign; or in advance of the intersection with the appropriate horizontal arrow of the same width as the shield.

Support. Information regarding the use of street names on supplemental plaques for use with intersection-related warning signs is contained in EPG 903.6.43.

In those cases where the local jurisdiction has not designated a street name to the state route, it is acceptable to use the route number or letter on the Street Name signs.

903.7.42 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)

Support. Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs identify an upcoming intersection. Although this is often the next intersection, it could also be several intersections away in cases where the next signalized intersection is referenced.

Standard. Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs, if used, shall supplement rather than be used instead of the Street Name (D3-1 series) signs at the intersection.

Option. Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs may be installed in advance of unsignalized intersections within a corridor of signalized intersections, which have Advance Street Name signs. The purpose should provide road users with advance information to identify the name(s) of the next intersecting street to prepare for crossing traffic and to facilitate timely deceleration and/or lane changing in preparation for a turn.

Special consideration may be given to isolated unsignalized intersections where it can be established that safety problems exist and installation of this type of signing would be beneficial.

Guidance. On arterial highways in rural areas, Advance Street Name signs should be used in advance of all signalized intersections and in advance of all intersections with exclusive turn lanes.

In urban areas, Advance Street Name signs should be used in advance of all signalized intersections on divided highways, major arterial streets or other routes as determined by the district except where signalized intersections are so closely spaced that advance placement of the signs is impractical.

If there is concern that the action message for Advance Street Name signs for unsignalized intersections could be misleading due to other entrances in the area or the sight distance to the intersection is limited, then the action message should be the distance shown to the nearest 100 ft.

Advance Street Name sign placement should be one-half or one-quarter mile in advance of the signal or intersection. In the event of closely spaced signals, this sign should be located immediately beyond the adjacent signalized or unsignalized intersection.

Standard. If used, Advance Street Name signs shall have a white legend and border on a green background.

If used for signalized intersections, Advance Street Name signs shall provide the name(s) of the intersecting street(s) on the top line(s) of the legend and messages such as the abbreviation for junction (JCT) and a route shield if the cross street is a state highway and (or) NEXT SIGNAL.

If used for unsignalized intersections, Advance Street Name signs shall provide the name(s) of the intersecting street(s) on the top lines(s) of the legend and messages such as the abbreviation for junction (JCT) and a route shield if the cross street is a state highway and an action message. The recommended action message for these signs is NEXT INTERSECTION or LEFT or RIGHT. When the Advance Street Name sign is provided for at the junction of a state highway, the Advance Street Name sign shall replace the existing junction assembly.

The installation of an Advance Street Name sign for an unsignalized intersection shall be a supplement to any Street Name signing provided by others.

Pictographs shall not be displayed on Advance Street Name signs.

Option. Directional arrow(s) may be placed to the right or left of the street name or message such as NEXT SIGNAL, as appropriate, rather than on the bottom line of the legend. Curved-stem arrows may be used on Advance Street Name signs on approaches to circular intersections.

For intersecting crossroads where the same road has a different street name for each direction of travel, the different street names may be displayed on the same Advance Street Name sign along with directional arrows.

In advance of two closely spaced intersections where it is not practical to install separate Advance Street Name signs, the Advance Street Name sign may include the street names for both intersections along with appropriate supplemental legends for both street names, such as NEXT INTERSECTION, 2ND INTERSECTION, NEXT LEFT and NEXT RIGHT, or directional arrows.

Guidance. If two street names are used on the Advance Street Name sign, the street names should be displayed in the following order:

A. For a single intersection where the same road has a different street name for each direction of travel, the name of the street to the left should be displayed above the name of the street to the right; or

B. For two closely-spaced intersections, the name of the first street encountered should be displayed above the name of the second street encountered, and the arrow associated with the second street encountered should be an advance arrow, such as the arrow shown on the W16-6P arrow plaque.

Option. An Advance Street Name (W16-8P or W16-8aP) plaque with black legend on a fluorescent yellow background, installed supplemental to an Intersection (W2 series) or Advance Traffic Control (W3 series) warning sign may be used instead of an Advance Street Name guide sign only if the advance warning sign is justified.

903.7.43 Signing on Conventional Roads on Approaches to Interchanges (MUTCD Section 2D.45)

Support. Because there are a number of different ramp configurations that are commonly used at interchanges with conventional roads, drivers on the conventional road cannot reliably predict whether they will be required to turn left or right in order to enter the correct ramp to access the freeway or expressway in the desired direction of travel. Consistently applied signing for conventional road approaches to freeway or expressway interchanges is highly desirable.

Standard. On multi-lane conventional roads approaching an interchange, guide signs shall be provided to identify which direction of turn is to be made and/or which specific lane to use for ramp access to each direction of the freeway or expressway.

Guidance. The signing of conventional roads with one lane of traffic approaching an interchange should consist of a sequence containing the following signs (see Fig. 903.7.43.1):

A. Junction Assembly

B. Destination sign

C. Directional Assembly or Entrance Direction sign for the first ramp

D. Advance Route Turn Assembly or Advance Entrance Direction sign with an advance turn arrow

E. Directional Assembly or Entrance Direction sign for the second ramp

**Fig. 903.7.43.1, Example of Interchange Crossroad Signing for a One-Lane Approach**

Standard. If used, the Entrance Direction sign shall consist of a white legend and border on a green background. It shall contain the freeway or expressway route shield(s), cardinal direction, and directional arrow(s).

Option. The Entrance Direction sign may contain a destination(s) and/or an action message such as NEXT RIGHT. The following sequence of signs may be used (see Fig. 903.7.43.2):

A. Junction Assembly

B. Directional Assembly for the first ramp

C. Directional Assembly of the second ramp

**Fig. 903.7.43.2, Example of Interchange Crossroad Signing**

Guidance. On multi-lane conventional roads approaching an interchange, the sign sequence should contain the following signs (see Figs. 903.7.43.3 through 903.7.43.5):

A. Junction Assembly

B. Advance Entrance Direction sign(s) for both directions, if applicable, of travel on the freeway or expressway

C. Entrance Direction sign for first ramp

D. Advance Turn Assembly

E. Entrance Direction sign for the second ramp

Support. Advance Entrance Direction signs are used to direct road users to the appropriate lane(s).

Standard. The Advance Entrance Direction sign shall consist of a white legend and border on a green background. It shall contain the freeway or expressway route shield(s) and cardinal direction(s).

Option. The Advance Entrance Direction sign may have destinations, directional arrows, and/or an action message such as KEEP LEFT, NEXT LEFT or SECOND RIGHT. Signs in this sequence may be mounted overhead to improve visibility as shown in Figs. 903.7.43.3 through 903.7.43.5.

**Fig. 903.7.43.3, Example of Multi-Lane Crossroad Signing for a Diamond Interchange**

**Fig. 903.7.43.4, Example of Multi-Lane Crossroad Signing for a Partial Cloverleaf Interchange**

**Fig. 903.7.43.5, Example of Multi-Lane Crossroad Signing for a Cloverleaf Interchange**

Support. A post-mounted Advance Entrance Direction diagrammatic guide sign (see Fig. 903.7.43.6), within the sequence of approach guide signing, might be helpful in depicting the location of a freeway or expressway entrance ramp that is in close proximity to an intervening intersection on the same side of the approach roadway and where signing for only the ramp might cause confusion to road users.

**Fig. 903.7.43.6, Example of Crossroad Signing for an Entrance Ramp with a Nearby Frontage Road**

Standard. If used, the post-mounted Advance Entrance Direction diagrammatic guide sign displays only the two successive turns from the same side of the roadway, one of which shall be the entrance ramp. The post-mounted Advance Entrance Direction sign shall depict only the successive turns and shall not depict lane use with lane lines, multiple arrow shafts for the approach roadway, action messages, or other representations.

903.7.44 Lake Road Signs (M1-15)

Standard. Lake Road signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide Lake Road signs. Existing Lake Road signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.

Guidance. The districts should give advanced notice to the local jurisdictions making them aware that MoDOT will no longer be providing Lake Road signs so that the local jurisdiction can fabricate and install street signs in accordance with MUTCD standards.

903.7.45 MoDOT Maintenance Signs (M19-1, M19-2)

Standard. The MAINTENANCE ENDS (M19-2) sign shall be erected at the end of MoDOT maintenance on all marked highways except at a state line.

The MAINTENANCE BEGINS (M19-1) sign has been discontinued for normal use. MoDOT shall no longer provide MAINTENANCE BEGINS signs. Existing MAINTENANCE BEGINS signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.

Option. When state maintenance begins and ends at multiple locations along a route’s length as it enters and exits various municipalities, a MAINTENANCE BEGINS (M19-1) sign may be used to mark the boundaries of MoDOT maintenance responsibilities.

Guidance. The MAINTENANCE ENDS signs are not to be placed to mark the maintenance responsibilities for crossroads, such as within interchange limits unless there is a specific problem.

903.7.46 Parking Area Guide Sign (D4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.47)

D4-1

D4-1P

Option. The Parking Area (D4-1) guide sign may be used to show the direction to a nearby public parking area or parking facility. The sign may also be used in all MoDOT commuter parking lots.

Standard. The area shall be owned or operated by a public agency in order to be signed. If used, the Parking Area guide sign shall be a horizontal rectangle. The legend and border shall be green on a retroreflectorized white background.

The COMMUTER (D4-1P) plaque shall be mounted above the Parking Area sign at commuter parking lots. If used, the sign shall be a horizontal rectangle. The legend and border shall be green on a retroreflectorized white background.

COMMUTER PARKING (D4-1a) signs shall be utilized in each commuter parking area mounted back-to-back. One sign shall face the Interstate and the other will face the parking lot such that the maximum number of motorists on either side of the assembly can read the legend.

In addition, Commuter Parking Lot Restriction signs shall be erected at or near each entrance to the commuter parking lot.

Guidance. If used, the Parking Area (D4-1) guide sign should be installed as 1^st order signing to the parking facility and where it can advise drivers of a place to park. The sign should not to be used more than four blocks from the parking area.

903.7.47 PARK - RIDE Sign (D4-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.48)

Option. PARK - RIDE (D4-2) signs may be used to direct road users to park - ride facilities.

The PARK - RIDE signs may be used in lieu of the Parking sign when a public transit stop is located within the commuter parking lot.

Standard. The signs shall contain the word message PARK - RIDE and direction information (arrow or word message).

Option. PARK - RIDE signs may contain the local transit pictograph and/or carpool symbol on the sign.

Standard. If used, the local transit pictograph and/or carpool symbol shall be located in the top part of the sign above the message PARK - RIDE. In no case shall the vertical dimension of the local transit pictograph and/or carpool symbol exceed 18 inches.

Guidance. If the function of the parking facility is to provide parking for persons using public transportation, the local transit pictograph should be used on the guide sign. If the function of the parking facility is to serve carpool riders, the carpool symbol should be used on the guide sign. If the parking facility serves both functions, both the pictograph and carpool symbol should be used. If used, the public transit pictograph should be of the same design as the local transit authority, however, the local transit authority name should not be a part of this sign.

The existing COMMUTER (D4-1P) plaque should be mounted below this sign.

Standard. These signs shall have a retroreflective white legend and border on a rectangular green background. The carpool symbol shall be as shown for the D4-2 sign. The color of the local transit pictograph shall be selected by the local transit authority.

Option. To increase the target value and contrast of the local transit pictograph, and to allow the local transit pictograph to retain its distinctive color and shape, the pictograph may be included within a white border or placed on a white background.

903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.49)

D8-1	D8-2a	D8-3
F3-1	R13-12

Support. The general concept for Weigh Station signing is similar to Rest Area signing because in both cases traffic using either area remains within the right of way.

Standard. Traffic control signs in weigh stations shall be maintained by MoDOT. The standard installation for Weigh Station signing shall include three basic signs:

A. Advance sign (D8-1);

B. Exit Direction sign (D8-2a); and

C. Exit Gore sign (D8-3).

See Standard Plan 903.04 for further information.

The OFFICIAL WEIGH STATION (F3-1) sign shall be used to identify all official weigh stations. If the weigh station uses a prepass system a PREPASS SITE ALL TRUCKS RIGHT LANE sign shall be used.

Option. If the weigh station uses a preclearance system an advanced preclearance sign may be installed by the vendor of the system based on their contract.

Support. Example locations of these signs are shown in Figure 903.7.48.

Guidance. The Exit Direction sign (D8-2a) or the Advance sign (D8-1) should display, either within the sign border or on a supplemental plaque of sign panel, the changeable message OPEN or CLOSED.

The Official Weigh Station sign should be erected over the platform scales so that the lower edge of the sign will be 16 ft. above the platform.

Option. The Official Weigh Station sign may also be post-mounted.

**Fig. 903.7.48, Example of Weigh Station Signing**

903.7.49 Community Wayfinding Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.50)

Useful Information for Local Agencies

Key Wayfinding Requirements

Includes information about sign posts, the number and placement of wayfinding destinations, the use of arrows, colors, legends, fabrication and retroreflectivity.

Support. Community wayfinding guide signs are part of a coordinated and continuous system of signs that direct tourists and other road users to key civic, cultural, visitor, and recreational attractions and other destinations within a city or a local urbanized or downtown area.

Community wayfinding guide signs are a type of destination guide sign for conventional roads with a common color and/or identification enhancement marker for destinations within an overall wayfinding guide sign plan for an area.

Fig. 903.7.49.1 illustrates various examples of the design and application of community wayfinding guide signs.

Standard. The use of community wayfinding guide signs shall be limited to conventional roads. Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be installed on freeway or expressway mainlines or ramps. Direction to community wayfinding districts from a freeway or expressway shall be limited to the use of a Supplemental Guide sign on the mainline and a Destination sign on the ramp to direct road users to community wayfinding. A community wayfinding program shall have a minimum of three well defined districts before freeway/expressway signing will be permitted. A well-defined district shall represent a region or area with multiple sites or destinations within it. See Figure 903.7.49.2 and Figure 903.7.49.3. The individual wayfinding destinations shall not be displayed on the Supplemental Guide and Destination signs except where the destinations are in accordance with this policy.

**Fig. 903.7.49.2, Example of a Community Wayfinding Guide Sign System With Fewer than Three Districts** **Note:** No Freeway/Expressway wayfinding signing shall be permitted for communities with fewer than three districts.

Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be used to provide direction to primary destinations or highway routes or streets. Destination or other guide signs shall be used for this purpose as described elsewhere in the EPG and shall have priority over any community wayfinding sign in placement, prominence and conspicuity.

Because regulatory, warning and other guide signs have a higher priority, community wayfinding guide signs shall not be installed where adequate spacing cannot be provided between the community wayfinding guide sign and other higher priority signs. Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be installed in a position where they would obscure the road users’ view of other traffic control devices.

Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be mounted overhead. Community wayfinding guide signs include boundary markers, welcome to messages or the simple display of a city name on a structure or sign. Refer to EPG 903.4 Overhead Sign Mounting.

Guidance. If used, a community wayfinding guide sign system should be established on a local municipal or equivalent jurisdictional level or for an urbanized area of adjoining municipalities or equivalent that form an identifiable geographic entity that is conducive to a cohesive and continuous system of signs. Community wayfinding guide signs should not be used on a regional or statewide basis where infrequent or sparse placement does not contribute to a continuous or coordinated system of signing that is readily identifiable as such to the road user. In such cases, Destination or other guide signs detailed elsewhere in the EPG should be used to direct road users to an identifiable area in which the type of eligible destination is located.

Support. The specific provisions of this article regarding the design of community wayfinding sign legends apply to vehicular community wayfinding signs and do not apply to those signs that are intended only to provide information or direction to pedestrians or other users of a sidewalk or roadside area.

Guidance. Because pedestrian wayfinding signs typically use smaller legends that are inadequately sized for viewing by vehicular traffic and because they can provide direction to pedestrians that might conflict with that appropriate for vehicular traffic, wayfinding signs designed for and intended to provide direction to pedestrians or other users of a sidewalk or other roadside area should be located to minimize their conspicuity to vehicular traffic. Such signs should be located as far as practical from the street, such as at the far edge of the sidewalk. Where locating such signs farther from the roadway is not practical, the pedestrian wayfinding signs should have their conspicuity to vehicular traffic minimized by employing one or a combination of the following methods:

A. Locating signs away from intersections where high-priority traffic control devices are present.

B. Facing the pedestrian message toward the sidewalk and away from the street.

C. Cantilevering the sign over the sidewalk if the pedestrian wayfinding sign is mounted at a height consistent with vehicular traffic signs, removing the pedestrian wayfinding signs from the line of sight in a sequence of vehicular signs.

To further minimize their conspicuity to vehicular traffic during nighttime conditions, pedestrian wayfinding signs should not be retroreflective.

Support. Color coding is sometimes used on community wayfinding guide signs to help road users distinguish between multiple potentially confusing traffic generator destinations located in different neighborhoods or subareas within a community or area.

Option. At the boundaries of the geographical area within which community wayfinding guide signing is used, an informational guide sign may be posted to inform road users about the presence of wayfinding signing and to identify the meanings of the various color codes or pictographs that are being used.

Standard. These informational guide signs shall have a white legend and border on a green background and shall have a design similar to that illustrated in Fig. 903.7.49.3 and shall be consistent with the basic design principles for guide signs. These informational guide signs shall not be installed on freeway or expressway mainlines or ramps.

**Fig. 903.7.49.3, Example of a Color-Coded Community Wayfinding Guide Sign System** * Color coding panels are used only when optional destination guide sign is used at wayfinding boundary.

The color coding or a pictograph of the identification enhancement markers of the community wayfinding guide signing system shall be included on the informational guide sign posted at the boundary of the community wayfinding guide signing area. The color coding or pictographs shall apply to a specific, identifiable neighborhood or geographical subarea within the overall area covered by the community wayfinding guide signing. Color coding or pictographs shall not be used to distinguish between different types of destinations that are within the same designated neighborhood or subarea. The color coding shall be accomplished by the use of different colored square or rectangular panels on the face of the informational guide sign, each positioned to the left of the neighborhood or named geographic area to which the color-coding panel applies. The height of the colored square or rectangular panels shall not exceed two times the height of the upper-case letters of the principal legend on the sign.

Option. The different colored square or rectangular panels may include either a black or a white (whichever provides the better contrast with the color of the panel) letter, numeral, or other appropriate designation to identify the destination.

Except for the informational guide sign posted at the boundary of the wayfinding guide sign area, community wayfinding guide signs may use background colors other than green in order to provide a color identification for the wayfinding destinations by geographical area within the overall wayfinding guide signing system. Color-coded community wayfinding guide signs may be used with or without the boundary informational guide sign displaying corresponding color-coding panels. Except as provided below, in addition to the colors that are approved in this article for use on official traffic control signs, other background colors may also be used for the color coding of community wayfinding guide signs.

Standard. The standard colors of red, orange, yellow, purple, or the fluorescent versions thereof, fluorescent yellow-green, and fluorescent pink shall not be used as background colors for community wayfinding guide signs, in order to minimize possible confusion with critical, higher-priority regulatory and warning sign color meanings readily understood by road users. The minimum luminance ratio of legend to background for community wayfinding guide signs shall be 3:1.

All messages, borders, legends, and backgrounds of community wayfinding guide signs and any identification enhancement markers shall be retroreflective.

Guidance. Community wayfinding guide signs, exclusive of any identification enhancement marker used, should be rectangular in shape. Simplicity and uniformity in design, position, and application as described in EPG 903.2.6 are important and should be incorporated into the community wayfinding guide sign design and location plans for the area.

Community wayfinding guide signs should be limited to three destinations per sign.

Abbreviations should be kept to a minimum and should include only those that are commonly recognized and understood.

Horizontal lines of a color that contrasts with the sign background color should be used to separate groups of destinations by direction from each other.

Support. The basic requirement for all highway signs, including community wayfinding signs, is that they be legible to those for whom they are intended and that they be understandable in time to permit a proper response. EPG 903.2.14 contains additional information on the design of signs, including desirable attributes of effective designs.

Guidance. Word messages should be as brief as practical, and the lettering should be large enough to provide the necessary legibility distance.

Standard. The minimum specific ratio of letter height to legibility distance shall comply with the provisions of EPG 903.2.15. The size of lettering used for destination and directional legends on community wayfinding signs shall comply with the provisions of minimum letter heights as provided in EPG 903.7.6.

Interline and edge spacing shall comply with the provisions of EPG 903.7.6.

Except as provided below, the lettering style used for destination and directional legends on community wayfinding guide signs shall comply with the provisions of EPG 903.7.5.

The lettering for destinations on community wayfinding guide signs shall be a combination of lower-case letters with initial upper-case letters. All other word messages on community wayfinding guide signs shall be in all upper-case letters.

Option. A lettering style other than the Standard Alphabets provided in the “Standard Highway Signs and Markings” book may be used on community wayfinding guide signs if an engineering study determines that the legibility and recognition values for the chosen lettering style meet or exceed the values for the Standard Alphabets for the same legend height and stroke width.

Standard. Except for signs that are intended to be viewed only by pedestrians, bicyclists stopped out of the flow of traffic, or occupants of parked vehicles, Internet and e-mail addresses, including domain names and uniform resource locators (URL), shall not be displayed on any community wayfinding guide signs or sign assembly.

The arrow location and priority order of destinations shall follow the provisions described in EPG 903.7.8 and EPG 903.7.34. Arrows shall be of the designs provided in EPG 903.7.8.

Option. Pictographs may be used on community wayfinding guide signs.

Standard. If a pictograph is used, its height shall not exceed two times the height of the upper-case letters of the principal legend on the sign.

Except for pictographs, symbols that are not approved in the EPG for use on guide signs shall not be used on community wayfinding guide signs.

Business logos, commercial graphics, or other forms of advertising shall not be used on community wayfinding guide signs or sign assemblies.

Option. Other graphics that specifically identify the wayfinding system, including identification enhancement markers, may be used on the overall sign assembly and sign supports.

Support. An enhancement marker consists of a shape, color, and/or pictograph that is used as a visual identifier for the community wayfinding guide signing system for an area.

Option. An identification enhancement marker may be used in a community wayfinding guide sign assembly or may be incorporated into the overall design of a community wayfinding guide sign, as a means of visually identifying the sign as part of an overall system of community wayfinding signs and destinations.

Standard. The sizes and shapes of identification enhancement markers shall be smaller than the community wayfinding guide signs themselves. Identification enhancement markers shall not be designed to have an appearance that could be mistaken by road users as being a traffic control device.

Guidance. The area of the identification enhancement marker should not exceed 1/5 of the area of the community wayfinding guide sign with which it is mounted in the sign assembly.

903.7.50 Climbing Lane Signs (D17-1, D17-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.51)

Guidance. If an extra lane has been provided for trucks and other slow-moving traffic, a NEXT CLIMBING LANE XX MILES (D17-1) sign and/or a CLIMBING LANE XX MILES (D17-2) sign should be installed in advance of the lane.

Option. EPG 903.5.18 contains information regarding regulatory signs for these types of lanes.

903.7.51 National Scenic Byways Signs (D6-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.55)

Support. Certain roads have been designated by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation as National Scenic Byways or All-American Roads based on their archeological, cultural, historic, natural, recreational, or scenic qualities.

Table 903.7.51 lists the approved National Scenic Byways that follow state maintained routes.

Table 903.7.51 Approved National Scenic Byways in Missouri


National Scenic Byways in Missouri
Crowley's Ridge Parkway
Little Dixie Highway of the Great River Road

Option. National Scenic Byways (D6-4) signs may be installed at entrance points to a route that has been recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation as a National Scenic Byway or an All-American Road. The D6-4 sign may be installed on route sign assemblies, see Fig. 903.7.51. National Scenic Byways signs may also be installed at periodic intervals along the designated route and at intersections where the designated route turns or follows a different numbered highway. At locations where roadside features have been developed to enhance the traveler’s experience such as rest areas, historic sites, interpretive facilities, or scenic overlooks, the National Scenic Byways sign may be placed on the associated sign assembly to inform travelers that the site contributes to the byway travel experience.

**Fig. 903.7.51, Examples of Use of the National Scenic Byways Sign**

Standard. The National Scenic Byway signs shall be paid for by the group or association responsible for byway.

When a National Scenic Byways sign is installed on a National Scenic Byway or an All-American Road, the design shown for the D6-4 sign shall be used. Use of this design shall be limited to routes that have been designated as a National Scenic Byway or All-American Road by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation.

If used, the D6-4 sign shall be placed such that the roadway route signs have primary visibility for the road user.

Any additional signing, other than that provided by MoDOT, shall be located off of state maintained right of way.

903.7.52 Missouri Scenic Byways Signs (D6-4b, D6-4c, D6-4d)

D6-4c

D6-4d

Support. Certain roads have been designated by the Commission as Missouri Scenic Byways based.

Table 903.7.52 lists the approved Missouri Scenic Byways that follow state maintained routes.

Option. Missouri Scenic Byways signs may also be installed at periodic intervals along the designated route.

Table 903.7.52 Approved Missouri Scenic Byways


Scenic Byway
Cliff Drive
Crowley's Ridge Parkway
Historic Route 66 Byway
Little Dixie Highway of the Great River Road
Old Trails Road
Ozark Mountain High Road
Ozark Mountain Parkway
Sho-Me Santa Fe Trail
Spirit of Kansas City
Stars and Stripes Historical/Cultural Byway

At locations where roadside features have been developed to enhance the traveler’s experience, the Missouri Scenic Byways Point of Interest (D6-4d) plaque may be placed below the Missouri Scenic Byway (D6-4b) sign to inform travelers that the site contributes to the byway travel experience.

The end of the byway may be marked with the Missouri Scenic Byways (D6-4c) Confirmation sign with the END (M4-6) auxiliary sign mounted below.

Standard. The Missouri Scenic Byway (D6-4b) signs shall be installed at the beginning of the byway and shall include the byway name at the bottom of the sign.

Missouri Scenic Byways (D6-4c) Confirmation signs shall be installed above route turn assemblies and at intersections where the designated route turns or follows a different numbered highway.

When a Missouri Scenic Byways sign is installed on state maintained routes, the design shown for the D6-4b or D6-4c sign shall be used. Use of this design shall be limited to routes that have been designated as a Missouri Scenic Byway by the Commission.

If used, the D6-4b or D6-4c sign shall be placed such that the roadway signs have primary visibility for the road user.

Any additional signing, other than that provided by MoDOT, shall be located off state maintained right of way.

**Examples of the Use of the Missouri Scenic Byways Sign**

Support. In some instances, a Missouri Scenic Byway will receive National Scenic Byway status in which case the byway is eligible for additional signing to denote this designation and is eligible for first order signing.

Standard. If a Missouri Scenic Byway receives National Scenic Byway status, the National Scenic Byways (D6-4a) sign shall be mounted below the Missouri Scenic Byway (D6-4b) sign or the Missouri Scenic Byways (D6-4c) Confirmation sign.

If a Missouri Scenic Byway receives National Scenic Byway status it is eligible for first order signing.

First order signing for at grade intersections shall consist of a Public Use Area (D7-10) sign containing the byway name, the National Scenic Byway logo and a directional arrow and a distance, if applicable, to the beginning of the byway if less than one mile.

For grade-separated interchanges, supplement guide signs and ramp signing may be installed to direct traffic to the byway. The mainline signs shall be white on brown and contain the America’s Byway logo, the name of the byway and NEXT RIGHT. The ramp sign will be of the same design as the first order at grade signing.

The location of these signs shall be identical to that found on a normal Missouri Scenic Byway. The costs associated with the National Scenic Byways designation shall be the responsibility of the group or association responsible for byway.

@@ Line 1: / Line 1: @@
-[[image:903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs.jpg|right|350px]]
+[[image:903.7.jpg|right|350px|thumb|<center>'''Installing signs'''</center>]]
-==='''903.7.1 Scope and Application of Conventional Road Guide Sign Standards''' (MUTCD Sections 2D.01 and 2D.02)===
+==903.7.1 Scope of Conventional Road Guide Sign Standards ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.01)==
-'''Standard.'''  Standards for conventional road guide signs shall apply to any road or street other than expressways and freeways.
+'''Standard.'''  The provisions of this article shall apply to any road or street other than expressways and freeways.
-'''Support.'''  Guide signs are essential to direct travelers along streets and highways, inform them of intersecting routes, direct them to cities, towns, villages or other important destinations, identify nearby rivers and streams, parks, forests and historical sites, and give information that will help them along their way in the most simple, direct manner.
+==903.7.2 Application ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.02)==
-Refer to [[903.1 Extent of Signing|903.1, Extent of Signing]] for additional information on placement, location and other general criteria for signs.
+'''Support.'''  Guide signs are essential to direct travelers along streets and highways, inform them of intersecting routes, direct them to cities, towns, villages or other important destinations, identify nearby rivers, parks, forests and historical sites, and give information that will help them along their way in the most simple, direct manner.
-==='''903.7.2 Color, [http://www.trafficsign.us/reflidguide.pdf Retroreflection] and Illumination''' (MUTCD Section 2D.03)===
+Refer to [[903.2 Extent of Signing|EPG 903.2 Extent of Signing]] for additional information on placement, location and other general criteria for signs.
-'''Support.'''  Requirements for illumination, retroreflection and color are stated under the specific headings for individual guide signs or groups of signs.  General provisions are provided in [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.1.13 Types of Fabricated Signs (MUTCD Section 2A.06a)|903.1.13]] and [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.1.15 Retroreflectivity and Illumination (MUTCD Section 2A.08)|903.1.15]].
+==903.7.3 Color, [http://www.trafficsign.us/reflidguide.pdf Retroreflection], and Illumination (MUTCD Section 2D.03)==
-'''Standard.'''  Except where otherwise specified for individual signs or groups of signs, guide signs on streets and highways shall have a white message and border on a green background.  All messages, borders and legends shall be retroreflective and all backgrounds shall be retroreflective or illuminated.
+'''Support.'''  Requirements for illumination, retroreflection, and color are stated under the specific headings for individual guide signs or groups of signs.  General provisions are provided in [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.7 Types of Fabricated Signs|EPG 903.2.7]] and [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.9 Retroreflectivity and Illumination (MUTCD Section 2A.07)|EPG 903.2.9]].
-==='''903.7.3 Size of Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.04)===
+'''Standard.'''  Except where otherwise provided for individual signs or groups of signs, guide signs on streets and highways shall have a white message and border on a green background.  All messages, borders and legends shall be retroreflective and all backgrounds shall be retroreflective or illuminated.
-'''Support.'''  Most guide sign legends are so variable that a standardized size is not appropriate.   The sign size needed for proper legibility is determined primarily by the length of the message, and lettering size and spacing.  However, for signs with standardized designs, such as route signs, it is practical to use the prescribed sizes that are given in the Table 903.7.3 and the Standard Highway Signs book.  Also refer to [[903.19 Highway Signing General Information#903.19.11  Relation to Other Publications|903.19.11, Relation to Other Publications]].
+'''Support.''' Color coding is sometimes used to help road users distinguish between multiple potentially confusing destinations. Examples of valuable uses of color coding include guide signs for roadways approaching or inside an airport property with multiple terminals serving multiple airlines, and community wayfinding guide signs for various traffic generator destinations within a community or area.
-'''Option.'''  Reduced letter height, interline spacing and edge spacing may be used on guide signs if sign size must be limited by factors such as lane width or vertical or lateral clearance.
+'''Standard.''' Except where otherwise provided different color sign backgrounds shall not be used to provide color coding of destinations. The color coding shall be accomplished by the use of different colored square or rectangular sign panels on the face of the guide signs.
-====<center> ''Table 903.7 Guide Sign Sizes''</center>====
+'''Option.''' The different colored sign panels may include a black or white (whichever provides the better contrast with the panel color) letter, numeral, or other appropriate designation to identify an airport terminal or other destination.
-{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
-|+ ''(Sheet 1 of 6)''
+'''Support.''' Two examples of color-coded sign assemblies are shown in Fig. 903.7.3.  [[#903.7.49 Community Wayfinding Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|EPG 903.7.49]] contains specific provisions regarding Community Wayfinding guide signs.
-! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign !!style="background:#BEBEBE"| Sign Number !!style="background:#BEBEBE"| Article !!style="background:#BEBEBE"| Conventional !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Expressway (At Grade) !!style="background:#BEBEBE"| Freeway (Speed Separated) !!style="background:#BEBEBE"| Other
-|-
+[[image:903.7.3.jpg|center|550px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.3, Examples of color-coded sign assemblies'''</center>]]
-!INTERSTATE ROUTE SHIELD (INDEPENDENT USE)
-| align="center"|M1-1||  align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.10 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.10]]|| align="center"|	-|| align="center"|	-|| align="center"|	var x 24 (interstate only)|| align="center"|	-
+==903.7.4 Size of Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.04)==
-|-
-!BUSINESS LOOP SHIELD (INDEPENDENT USE)
+'''Standard.''' Except as provided in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=903.2_Extent_of_Signing#903.2.21_Dimensions_.28MUTCD_Section_2A.11.29  EPG 903.2.21], the sizes of conventional road guide signs that have standardized designs shall be as shown in Table 903.7.4.
-| align="center"|	M1-2||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.10 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.10]]||  align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|-|| align="center"|	-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
+'''Support.''' [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.13 Dimensions (MUTCD Section 2A.11)|EPG 903.2.13]] contains information regarding the applicability of the various columns in Table 903.7.4.
-!US NUMBERED SHIELD (INDEPENDENT USE)
-| align="center"|	M1-4||	align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.10 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.10]]|| align="center"|var x 24|| align="center"|	var x 24	|| align="center"|var x 24	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!STATE NUMBERED SHIELD (INDEPENDENT USE)
-| align="center"|	M1-5||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.10 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.10]]|| align="center"|var x 24||	 align="center"|var x 24||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!STATE LETTERED SHIELD  (INDEPENDENT USE)
-| align="center"|	M1-5a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.10 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.10]]||  align="center"|var x 24|| align="center"|	-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!JUNCTION
-|	 align="center"|M2-1||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.12 Junction Auxiliary Sign (M2-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.13)|903.7.12]]	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!NORTH (BLACK/WHITE) OR (WHITE/BLUE)
-|	 align="center"|M3-1(BL)||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]] ||	 align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!EAST (BLACK/WHITE) OR (WHITE/BLUE)
-|	 align="center"|M3-2(BL)||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]] || align="center"|	24 x 12||	 align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!SOUTH (BLACK/WHITE) OR (WHITE/BLUE)
-|	 align="center"|M3-3(BL)||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]] ||	 align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!WEST (BLACK/WHITE) OR (WHITE/BLUE)
-|	 align="center"|M3-4(BL)||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]]||	 align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!ALTERNATE
-|	 align="center"|M4-1||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.16 ALTERNATE Auxiliary Signs (M4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.17)|903.7.16]]|| align="center"|24 x 12|| align="center"|-|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!SPUR
-|	 align="center"|M4-1b||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.17 SPUR Auxiliary Sign (M4-1b) (MUTCD Section 2D.17a)|903.7.17]]||	 align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!BUSINESS
-|	 align="center"|M4-3||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.19 BUSINESS Auxiliary Sign (M4-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.19)|903.7.19]]|| align="center"|24 x 12|| align="center"|-|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!TO
-|	 align="center"|M4-5||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.21 TO Auxiliary Sign (M4-5) (MUTCD Section 2D.21)|903.7.21]]||	 align="center"|24 x 12|| align="center"|24 x 12|| align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!END
-|	 align="center"|M4-6||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.22 END Auxiliary Sign (M4-6) (MUTCD Section 2D.22)|903.7.22]]||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!TEMPORARY
-| align="center"|M4-7||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.23 TEMPORARY Auxiliary Signs (M4-7) (MUTCD Section 2D.23)|903.7.23]]||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!ADVANCE TURN ARROW: 90 DEGREE RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|M5-1R (L)||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.25 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.25)|903.7.25]] ||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!ADVANCE TURN ARROW: 45 DEGREES RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|M5-2R (L)|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.25 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.25)|903.7.25]]||	 align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: LEFT (RIGHT)
-|	 align="center"|M6-1||	 align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]] ||	 align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: 45 DEGREE RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|M6-2R (L)||	align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]]|| align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: STRAIGHT
-|	 align="center"|M6-3||	align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]]||	 align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|-
-|}
+'''Option.''' Signs larger than those shown in Table 903.7.4 may be used.
-{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+'''Support.''' For other guide signs, the legends are so variable that a standardized design or size is not appropriate. The sign size is determined primarily by the length of the message and the size of lettering and spacing necessary for proper legibility.
-|+ '''''Table 903.7 Guide Sign Sizes''' (Sheet 2 of 6)''
-! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign Number !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Conventional !!style="background:#BEBEBE"| Expressway (At Grade) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway (Speed Separated) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Other
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: TWO-WAY
-| align="center"|M6-4	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]]	|| align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: 45 DEGREE RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|M6-5R (L)|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]]||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: DOUBLE UP & RIGHT  (LEFT)
-| align="center"|M6-6R (L)|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]]	|| align="center"|21 x 15	|| align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!DIRECTIONAL ARROW: DOUBLE UP & 45 DEGREE RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|M6-7R (L)|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.26]]||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|21 x 15||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!DESTINATION SIGNS (ARROWS ONLY)
-| align="center"|D1-1(one line), D1-2(two-line), D1-3(three-line)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.34)|903.7.34]]	|| align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|varies   (ramp)
-|-
-!DESTINATION SIGNS (ARROWS AND MILES)
-| align="center"|D1-1a(one line), D1-2a(two-line), D1-3a(three-line)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.34)|903.7.34]]	|| align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|varies   (ramp)
-|-
-!DISTANCE SIGNS
-| align="center"|D2-1 (one line), D2-2 (two-line), D2-3 (three-line)|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.36 Distance Signs (D2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.36)|903.7.36]]	|| align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|varies||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!STREET OR ROAD NAME
-|	 align="center"|D-3a (one line),D-3b (two-line)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.38 Street Name Signs (D-3 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.38)|903.7.38]]||	 align="center"|var x 16, var x 18||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!ONE LINE ADVANCE STREET NAME
-|	 align="center"|D3-2	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.39 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.39)|903.7.39]]	|| align="center"|var x 36||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!TWO-LINE ADVANCE STREET NAME
-|	 align="center"|D3-2a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.39 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.39)|903.7.39]]	|| align="center"|var x (48)||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!ADVANCE STREET NAME WITH ROUTE SHIELD
-|	 align="center"|D3-2b	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.39 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.39)|903.7.39]]	|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|var x 60||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!DOUBLE ADVANCE STREET NAME
-|	 align="center"|D3-2c	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.39 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.39)|903.7.39]]||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|var x 72||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!LAKE ROAD RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|M1-15R(L)|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.40 Lake Road Signs (M1-15) (MUTCD Section 2D.39a)|903.7.40]]	|| align="center"|var x 18||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!MoDOT MAINTENANCE BEGINS (ENDS)
-|	 align="center"|M12-1 (M12-2)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.41 MoDOT Maintenance Signs (M12-1, M12-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.39b)|903.7.41]]||	 align="center"|18 x 12||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!PARKING AHEAD (RIGHT,LEFT, 45 DEGREE RIGHT, 45 DEGREE LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|D4-1A (R,L, R45,L45)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.42 Parking Area Signs (D4-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.40)|903.7.42]] ||	 align="center"|30 x 24||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!COMMUTER PLAQUE
-|	 align="center"|D4-1b	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.42 Parking Area Signs (D4-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.40)|903.7.42]] 	|| align="center"|30 x 6||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!COMMUTER PARKING
-|	 align="center"|D4-1c	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.42 Parking Area Signs (D4-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.40)|903.7.42]] 	|| align="center"|60 x 36||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!PARK AND RIDE RIGHT (LEFT)
-| align="center"|D4-2R (L)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.43 PARK & RIDE Sign (D4-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.41)|903.7.43]]	|| align="center"|30 x 36||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!REST AREA NEXT RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|D5-1bR(L)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]]	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|144 x 60 (132 x 60)||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!REST AREA GUIDE (ADVANCE)
-| align="center"|D5-1	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]]|| align="center"|	-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|132 x 60||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!REST AREA EXIT
-| align="center"|D5-2a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]]|| align="center"|	-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|132 x 60||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!REST AREA GORE EXIT
-| align="center"|D5-2b	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]], [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.61 Rest and Scenic Area Signs (MUTCD Section 2E.52)|903.8.61]]|| align="center"|	-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|72 x 84||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!NEXT REST AREA X MILES
-| align="center"|D5-6	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]] || align="center"|	-|| align="center"|	-||	 align="center"|132 x 36   (interstate only)||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!LAST REST AREA IN MISSOURI
-| align="center"|D5-6a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]] ||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|132 x 36   (interstate only)||	 align="center"|-
-|}
-{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+'''Option.''' Reduced letter height, interline spacing, and edge spacing may be used on guide signs if sign size must be limited by factors such as lane width or vertical or lateral clearance.
-|+ '''''Table 903.7 Guide Sign Sizes''' (Sheet 3 of 6)''
-! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign Number !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Conventional !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Expressway (At Grade) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway (Speed Separated) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Other
-|-
-!ROADSIDE TABLE ½ MILE
-| align="center"|D5-5e	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]] ||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!ROADSIDE TABLE WITH ARROW RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|D5-5R (L)	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]]||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!ROADSIDE PARK X MILES
-|	 align="center"|D5-5d	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]]||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|42 x 30||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!ROADSIDE PARK WITH ARROW RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|D5-5bR (L)	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]]||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|42 x 30||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!NAMED ROADSIDE PARK
-| align="center"|D5-5h||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]]||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|42 x 30||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!HISTORIC MARKER ½ MILE
-| align="center"|D5-5i	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]]||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!TABLE
-| align="center"|D5-5k	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)|903.7.45]]||	 align="center"|24 x 12	|| align="center"|24 x 12||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!SCENIC VIEW ½ MILE
-|	 align="center"|D6-1a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.46 Scenic Area Signs (D6-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)|903.7.46]] ||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|42 x 30||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!SCENIC VIEW WITH ARROW RIGHT (LEFT)
-|	 align="center"|D6-1R (L)	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.46 Scenic Area Signs (D6-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)|903.7.46]],  [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.63 Missouri Welcome Center Affiliates (MUTCD Section 2E.53a)|903.8.63]]||	 align="center"|42 x 30||	 align="center"|42 x 30	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!AIRPORT AHEAD (RIGHT, LEFT)
-| align="center"|1-5aA(R,L)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.47 Airport Sign (I-5a series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43a)|903.7.47]]||	 align="center"|var x 36	|| align="center"|var x 36||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!WEIGH STATION X MILES
-| align="center"|D8-1	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)|903.7.48]] ||	 align="center"|60 x 48||	 align="center"|108 x 84||	 align="center"|108 x 84||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!WEIGHT STATION RIGHT LANE
-| align="center"|D8-2a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)|903.7.48]]|| align="center"|	-|| align="center"|	120 x 72||	 align="center"|120 x 72	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!WEIGH STATION GORE EXIT SIGN
-| align="center"|D8-3	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)|903.7.48]],  [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.67 Weigh Station Signing (MUTCD Section 2E.58)|903.8.67]]||	 align="center"|48 x 42	|| align="center"|84 x 72	|| align="center"|84 x 72||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!OFFICIAL WEIGHT STATION – MoDOT
-| align="center"|F3-1	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)|903.7.48]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|84 x 24   (weigh station)
-|-
-!GENERAL SERVICE SIGNS
-| align="center"|D9 Series	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.49 General Service Signs (D9 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.45)|903.7.49]] ||	 align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|24 x 24|| align="center"|	24 x24||	 align="center"|-
-|-
-!NEXT SERVICES X MILES
-|	 align="center"|D9-17	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.49 General Service Signs (D9 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.45)|903.7.49]]||	 align="center"|72 x 60	|| align="center"|72 x 60||	 align="center"|72 x 60	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!HOSPTIAL NEXT RIGHT
-| align="center"|D9-27-132	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.50 HOSPITAL Signs (D9-27, D9-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.45a)|903.7.50]] ||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|132 x 60	|| align="center"|132 x 60	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!“H” HOSPITAL
-| align="center"|D9-2	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.50 HOSPITAL Signs (D9-27, D9-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.45a)|903.7.50]]||	 align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|24 x 24
-|-
-!FIRE HYDRANT SIGN
-| align="center"|provided by others	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.51 Emergency Service Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.45b)|903.7.51]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
-|}
+'''Guidance.''' Reduced spacing between the letters or words on a line of legend should not be used as a means of reducing the overall size of a guide sign, except where determined necessary by engineering judgment to meet unusual lateral space constraints. In such cases, the legibility distance of the sign legend (refer to [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.15 Word Messages (MUTCD Section 2A.13)|EPG 903.2.15]]) should be the primary consideration in determining whether to reduce the spacing between the letters of the words or between the words and the sign border, or to reduce the letter height.
+When a reduction in the prescribed size is necessary, the design used should be as similar as possible to the design for the standard size.
-{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+===<center>Table 903.7.4 Guide Sign Sizes</center>===
-|+ '''''Table 903.7 Guide Sign Sizes''' (Sheet 4 of 6)''
+{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"
-! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign Number !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Conventional !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Expressway (At Grade) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway (Speed Separated) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Other
+|+
+! style="background:#BEBEBE" ROWSPAN="2"|Sign or Plaque!! style="background:#BEBEBE" ROWSPAN="2"|Sign Designation !! style="background:#BEBEBE" ROWSPAN="2"|EPG Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="3"|Conventional Road (in. x in.)!! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway/Expressway (in. x in.)
 |-
-!EMERGENCY DIAL *55
+! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Single Lane !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Multi-Lane  !! style="background:#BEBEBE"| Oversized !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Mainline & Ramps
-| align="center"|I-13b	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.52 EMERGENCY DIAL *55 Sign (I-13b) (MUTCD Section 2D.45c)|903.7.52]]||	 align="center"|36 x 36	|| align="center"|36 x 36||	 align="center"|36 x 36	|| align="center"|-
 |-
-!SAFETY BREAK – FREE COFFEE
+!Interstate Route Sign
-| align="center"|D5-16a	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.53 Safety Stop Sign (D5-16a) (MUTCD Section 2D.45d)|903.7.53]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|144 x 48||	 align="center"|-
+||	M1-1	||[[#903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.11]]	||Varies X 24	||Varies X 24	||-	||Varies X 24
 |-
-!BUSINESS DISTRICT RIGHT (LEFT)
+!Business Loop Sign (interstate only)
-| align="center"|I15-1R (L)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.54 Business District Sign (I15-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.45e)|903.7.54]]||	 align="center"|36 x 18||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||	M1-2	||[[#903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.11]]	||Varies X 24	||Varies X 24	||-	||Varies X 24
 |-
-!COMMUNITY BOARD
+!U.S. Route Sign
-| align="center"|I5-1	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.57 General Information Signs (I Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.48)|903.7.57]]||	 align="center"|var x 12||	 align="center"|var x 24||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||	M1-4	||[[#903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.11]]	||Varies X 24	||Varies X 24	||-	||Varies X 24
 |-
-!CITY LIMIT
+!State Number Route Sign
-| align="center"|I4-1	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.58 City/County Limit Signs (I4, I5, I6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.48a)|903.7.58]] ||	 align="center"|var x 24||	 align="center"|var x 36||	 align="center"|var x 36	|| align="center"|-
+||M1-5	||[[#903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.11]]	||Varies X 24	||Varies X 24	||-	||Varies X 24
 |-
-!EXPRESSWAY CITY LIMIT
+!State Letter Route Sign
-| align="center"|I4-2	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.58 City/County Limit Signs (I4, I5, I6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.48a)|903.7.58]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|var x 36||	 align="center"|var x 36||	 align="center"|-
+||M1-5a	||[[#903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.11]]	||Varies X 24	||Varies X 24	||-	||Varies X 24
 |-
-!COUNTY LINE
+!Junction
-| align="center"|I6-1	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.58 City/County Limit Signs (I4, I5, I6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.48a)|903.7.58]]||	 align="center"|var x 18||	 align="center"|var x 42||	 align="center"|var x 42||	 align="center"|-
+||M2-1	||[[#903.7.13 Junction Auxiliary Sign (M2-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.13)|903.7.13]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!CUSTOM CITY LIMIT
+!NORTH
-| align="center"|I4-1a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.60 Custom City/County Limit Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48c)|903.7.60]] ||	 align="center"|var x 24||	 align="center"|var x 36	|| align="center"|var x 36	|| align="center"|-
+||M3-1	||[[#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	||24 X 12
 |-
-!EXPRESSWAY CUSTOM CITY LIMIT
+!EAST
-| align="center"|I4-2b	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.60 Custom City/County Limit Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48c)|903.7.60]] ||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|var x 36	|| align="center"|var x 36	|| align="center"|-
+||M3-2	||[[#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	||24 X 12
 |-
-!EXPRESSWAY CUSTOM COUNTY LINE
+!SOUTH
-| align="center"|I6-1a	||  align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.60 Custom City/County Limit Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48c)|903.7.60]] ||	 align="center"|var x 18||	 align="center"|var x 48||	 align="center"|var x 48	|| align="center"|-
+||M3-3	||[[#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	||24 X 12
 |-
-!CITY ACCOMPLISHMENT PLAQUE
+!WEST
-| align="center"|I4-1b, I4-2d	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.61 City/County Accomplishment Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48d)|903.7.61]] ||	 align="center"|var x 12	|| align="center"|var x 12||	 align="center"|var x 12	|| align="center"|-
+||M3-4	||[[#903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)|903.7.14]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	||24 X 12
 |-
-!MISSOURI STATE LINE
+!ALTERNATE
-| align="center"|I-2	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.63 STATE LINE Signs (I-2, I-2a) (MUTCD Section 2D.48f)|903.7.63]] ||	 align="center"|36 x 18           (72 x 36)||	 align="center"|36 x 18        (72 x 36)||	 align="center"|72 x 36||	 align="center"|-
+||M4-1	||[[#903.7.16 ALTERNATE Auxiliary Signs (M4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.17)|903.7.16]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	|| 24 X 12
 |-
-!WELCOME TO MISSOURI
+!SPUR
-| align="center"|I-2a	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.63 STATE LINE Signs (I-2, I-2a) (MUTCD Section 2D.48f)|903.7.63]]||	 align="center"|72 x 36         (120 x 60)||	 align="center"|72 x 36      (120 x 60)	|| align="center"|72 x 36             (120 x 60)||	 align="center"|-
+|M4-1b	||[[#903.7.17 SPUR Auxiliary Sign (M4-1b)|903.7.17]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	|| 24 X 12
 |-
-!STREAM NAME
+!BUSINESS
-| align="center"|I-3	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.64 Stream Name Signs (I-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.48g)|903.7.64]]||	 align="center"|var x 18||	 align="center"|var x 24||	 align="center"|var x 24	|| align="center"|-
+||M4-3	||[[#903.7.18 BUSINESS Auxiliary Sign (M4-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.19)|903.7.18]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	|| 24 X 12
 |-
-!AMTRAK STATION	EXIT SIGN
+!TO
-| align="center"|E14-2	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.65 Transportation Signs (I-5, I-7, E14-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.48h)|903.7.65]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|180 x 48	|| align="center"|180 x 48	|| align="center"|-
+||M4-5	||[[#903.7.19 TO Auxiliary Sign (M4-5) (MUTCD Section 2D.21)|903.7.19]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	||24 X 12
 |-
-!AMTRAK STATION	TRAILBLAZER
+!END
-| align="center"|I-7	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.65 Transportation Signs (I-5, I-7, E14-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.48h)|903.7.65]]||	 align="center"|36 x 48||	 align="center"|36 x 48	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||M4-6	||[[#903.7.20 END Auxiliary Sign (M4-6) (MUTCD Section 2D.22)|903.7.20]]	||24 X 12	||24 X 12	||-	||24 X 12
 |-
-!ADOPT-A-HIGHWAY
+!TEMPORARY
-| align="center"|I9-1, I9-1a, I9-1b, I9-1c	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.66 Roadside Improvement Signs (I9-1, I9-2, I9-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.48i)|903.7.66]] ||	 align="center"|48 x 36	|| align="center"|48 x 36||	 align="center"|48 x 36	|| align="center"|-
+||M4-7	||[[#903.7.21 TEMPORARY Auxiliary Signs (M4-7) (MUTCD Section 2D.24)|903.7.21]]	|| 24 X 12	|| 24 X 12	||-	|| 24 X 12
-|-
-!GROWING TOGETHER
-| align="center"|I9-2	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.66 Roadside Improvement Signs (I9-1, I9-2, I9-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.48i)|903.7.66]]||	 align="center"|48 x 48||	 align="center"|48 x 48||	 align="center"|96 x 72	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!WILDFLOWER AREA
-| align="center"|I9-3	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.66 Roadside Improvement Signs (I9-1, I9-2, I9-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.48i)|903.7.66]]||	 align="center"|36 x 18	|| align="center"|36 x 18||	 align="center"|36 x 18	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!HISTORIC DOWNTOWN EXIT SIGN
-| align="center"|E11-1b	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.67 HISTORIC DOWNTOWN Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48j)|903.7.67]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|120 x 84||	 align="center"|120 x 84	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!HISTORIC DOWNTOWN TRAILBLAZER AHEAD (RIGHT, LEFT)
-| align="center"|D7-10aA (R,L)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.67 HISTORIC DOWNTOWN Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48j)|903.7.67]]||	 align="center"|84 x 36||	 align="center"|84 x 36||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!HISTORIC DOWNTOWN TRAILBLAZER AHEAD (RIGHT, LEFT) FOR LIMITED SPACE
-| align="center"|D7-10A (R,L)	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.67 HISTORIC DOWNTOWN Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48j)|903.7.67]]||	 align="center"|36 x 36||	 align="center"|36 x 36||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!FERRY CROSSING
-| align="center"|special	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.68 Ferry Crossing Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.48k)|903.7.68]]|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!MISSOURI PORT AUTHORITIES
-| align="center"|special	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.69 Missouri Regional Port Authorities (MUTCD Section 2D.48L)|903.7.69]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
-|}
-{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
-|+ '''''Table 903.7 Guide Sign Sizes''' (Sheet 5 of 6)''
-! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign Number !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Conventional !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Expressway (At Grade) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway (Speed Separated) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Other
-|-
-!MEMORIAL HIGHWAY NAME
-| align="center"|M11-1	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.70 Signing of Named Highways (M11-1, M11-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.49)|903.7.70]]||	 align="center"|72 x 36||	 align="center"|72 x 36||	 align="center"|72 x 36	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!MEMORIAL HIGHWAY BRIDGE
-| align="center"|M11-2	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.70 Signing of Named Highways (M11-1, M11-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.49)|903.7.70]]||	 align="center"|72 x 36||	 align="center"|72 x 36||	 align="center"|72 x 36	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!VETERANS
-| align="center"|special	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.71 Veterans Signing (MUTCD Section 2D.49a)|903.7.71]]||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-|| align="center"|	-
-|-
-!COLLEGE SIGNING
-| align="center"|-|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.72 College Signing Policy|903.7.72]]||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|Refer to 903.7.72	|| align="center"|Refer to 903.7.72	|| align="center"|-
-|-
-!CORRECTIONAL CENTER
-| align="center"|	special	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.73 Correctional Center Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.49c)|903.7.73]]||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
 |-
-!TRAIL/HISTORIC ROUTE
+!Advance Turn Arrow (90° Left/Right)
-| align="center"|	special	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]] ||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||M5-1	||[[#903.7.23 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2, M5-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.23]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!GREAT RIVER ROAD
+!Advance Turn Arrow (45° Left/Right)
-| align="center"|M10-6	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|-
+||M5-2	||[[#903.7.23 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2, M5-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)|903.7.23]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!SANTA FE TRAIL
+!Directional Arrow (Left/Right)
-| align="center"|M10-4	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|-
+||M6-1	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!OREGON TRAIL
+!Directional Arrow (45° Left/Right)
-| align="center"|M10-3	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|-
+||M6-2	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!AVENUE OF THE SAINTS
+!Directional Arrow (Straight)
-| align="center"|	M10-9	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 13	|| align="center"|24 x 13||	 align="center"|24 x 13||	 align="center"|-
+||M6-3	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!MISSISSIPPI RIVER TRAIL (MRT)
+!Directional Arrow (Two-Way)
-| align="center"|	M10-7	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|18 x 24	|| align="center"|18 x 24	|| align="center"|18 x 24||	 align="center"|-
+||M6-4	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!TRAIL OF TEARS
+!Directional Arrow (Two-Way 45° Left/Right)
-| align="center"|M10-5	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|-
+||M6-5	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!HISTORIC U.S. 66 MARKERS BROWN (BLUE SIGN)
+!Directional Arrow (Up & Left/Right)
-| align="center"|	M10-8 (M10-8a)	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 30	|| align="center"|24 x 30	|| align="center"|24 x 30	|| align="center"|-
+||M6-6	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!LEWIS AND CLARK TRAIL
+!Directional Arrow (Up & 45° Left/Right)
-| align="center"|M10-2	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 30||	 align="center"|24 x 30	|| align="center"|24 x 30	|| align="center"|-
+||M6-7	||[[#903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)|903.7.25]]	||21 X 15	||21 X 15	||-	||21 X 15
 |-
-!AUTO TOUR ROUTE
+!Destination (one line)
-| align="center"|M10-1	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series) (MUTCD Section 2D.50)|903.7.74]]||	 align="center"|24 x 18	|| align="center"|24 x 18||	 align="center"|24 x 18||	 align="center"|-
+||D1-1	||[[#903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37)|903.7.34]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!LEWIS AND CLARK HISTORIC SITES
+!Destination (two line)
-| align="center"|M10-2a	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.75 Lewis and Clark Historic Site Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.50a)|903.7.75]]||	 align="center"|24 x 30||	 align="center"|24 x 30||	 align="center"|24 x 30||	 align="center"|-
+||D1-2	||[[#903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37)|903.7.34]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!HISTORICAL SITE
+!Destination (three line)
-| align="center"|special	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.76 Historical Site Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.50b)|903.7.76]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D1-3	||[[#903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37)|903.7.34]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!BLUE STAR MARKERS
+!Distance (one line)
-| align="center"|provided by others	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.77 Blue Star Markers (MUTCD Section 2D.50c)|903.7.77]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D2-1	||[[#903.7.38 Distance Signs (D2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.41)|903.7.38]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!STATE HISTORICAL SOCIETY MARKERS
+!Distance (two line)
-| align="center"|	provided by others	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.78 State Historical Society Markers (MUTCD Section 2D.50d)|903.7.78]]||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D2-2	||[[#903.7.38 Distance Signs (D2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.41)|903.7.38]]		||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!LOCAL REFERENCE MARKER
+!Distance (three line)
-| align="center"|	provided by others	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]] ||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D2-3	||[[#903.7.38 Distance Signs (D2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.41)|903.7.38]]		||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!CITY HALL AND COURTHOUSE
+!Destination and Distance (one line)
-| align="center"| 	provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|24 x 24	|| align="center"|24 x 24||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|24 x 24     (ramp)
+||D1-1a	||[[#903.7.40 Destination and Distance Signs (D1a Series)|903.7.40]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!BUS STOPS
+!Destination and Distance (two line)
-| align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D1-2a	||[[#903.7.40 Destination and Distance Signs (D1a Series)|903.7.40]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
-|}
-{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
-|+ '''''Table 903.7 Guide Sign Sizes''' (Sheet 6 of 6)''
-! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Sign Number !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Article !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Conventional !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Expressway (At Grade) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Freeway (Speed Separated) !! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Other
 |-
-!MASS TRANSIT
+!Destination and Distance (three line)
-|	 align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D1-3a	||[[#903.7.40 Destination and Distance Signs (D1a Series)|903.7.40]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!COMMUNITY AWARENESS
+!Street Name (one line)
-| align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D3-1	||[[#903.7.41 Street Name Signs (D3-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)|903.7.41]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||-
 |-
-!MISSOURI COMMUNITY BETTERMENT
+!Street Name (two line)
-| align="center"|	I-12	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|12 x 12	|| align="center"|12 x 12	|| align="center"|12 x 12	|| align="center"|-
+||D3-1b	||[[#903.7.41 Street Name Signs (D3-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)|903.7.41]]	||Varies X 18	||Varies X 18	||-	||-
 |-
-!TREE CITY USA
+!Advance Street Name
-| align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D3-2	||[[#903.7.42 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)|903.7.42]]	||Varies	||Varies	||-	||Varies
 |-
-!DISASTER RESISTANT COMMUNITY
+!MoDOT Maintenance Ends
-| align="center"|	provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|12 x 12||	 align="center"|12 x 12||	 align="center"|12 x 12||	 align="center"|-
+||M19-2	||[[#903.7.45 MoDOT Maintenance Signs (M19-1, M19-2)|903.7.45]]	||18 X 12	||-	||-	||-
 |-
-!STORM READY
+!Parking Area
-| align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D4-1	||[[#903.7.46 Parking Area Guide Sign (D4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.47)|903.7.46]]	||30 X 24	||30 X 24	||-	||-
 |-
-!MADD
+!Commuter
-| align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D4-1P	||[[#903.7.46 Parking Area Guide Sign (D4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.47)|903.7.46]]	||30 X 6	||30 X 6	||-	||-
 |-
-!NEIGHBORHOOD WATCH
+!Commuter Parking
-| align="center"|	provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D4-1a	||[[#903.7.46 Parking Area Guide Sign (D4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.47)|903.7.46]]	||60 X 36	||60 X 36	||-	||-
 |-
-!DARE SIGNING
+!Park - Ride
-| align="center"|	provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.53)|903.7.81]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D4-2	||[[#903.7.47 PARK - RIDE Sign (D4-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.48)|903.7.47]]	||30 X 36	||30 X 36	||-	||-
 |-
-!THIS IS A DARE FREE SCHOOL ZONE
+!Weigh Station _ Miles
-| align="center"|	provided by others	|| align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.82 School Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.54)|903.7.82]] ||	 align="center"|12 x 18||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-
+||D8-1	||[[#903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.49)|903.7.48]]	||48 X 48 	||48 X 48 	||-	||108 X 84
 |-
-!DRUG FREE SCHOOL ZONE
+!Weigh Station (with arrow)
-| align="center"|provided by others	||align="center"|[[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.82 School Awareness Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.54)|903.7.82]]||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-||	 align="center"|-	|| align="center"|-
+||D8-3	||[[#903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.49)|903.7.48]]	||48 X 48 	||48 X 48 	||-	||84 X 72
 |}
-'''Guidance.'''  Reduced spacing between the letters or words on a line of legend should not be used as a means of reducing the overall size of a guide sign, except where determined necessary by engineering judgment to meet unusual lateral space constraints.  In such cases, the legibility distance of the sign legend (refer to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.1.21 Word Messages (MUTCD Section 2A.14)|Word Messages, 903.1.21]]) should be the primary consideration in determining whether to reduce the spacing between the letters or the words or between the words and the sign border, or to reduce the letter height.
-When a reduction in the prescribed size is necessary, the design used should be as similar as possible to the design for the standard size.
+==903.7.5 Lettering Style ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.05) ==
-==='''903.7.4 Lettering Style''' (MUTCD Section 2D.05) ===
+'''Standard.'''  The design of upper-case letters, lower-case letters, numerals, route shields and spacing shall be as provided by the Central Office Highway Safety and Traffic Division.
-'''Standard.'''  The design of upper-case letters, lower-case letters, capital letters, numerals, route shields and spacing shall be as provided in Sign Detail and the Standard Highway Signs.  Also refer to [[903.19 Highway Signing General Information#903.19.11  Relation to Other Publications|903.19.11, Relation to Other Publications]].
+The lettering for names of places, streets, and highways on conventional road guide signs shall be a combination of lower-case letters with initial upper-case letters (refer to [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.15 Word Messages (MUTCD Section 2A.13)|EPG 903.2.15]]). The nominal loop height of the lower-case letters shall be 3/4 the height of the initial upper-case letter. When a mixed-case legend letter height is specified referring only to the initial upper-case letter, the height of the lower-case letters that follow shall be determined by this proportion. When the height of a lower-case letter is referenced, the reference is made to the nominal loop height and the height of the initial upper-case letter shall also be determined by this proportion.
-The lettering for names of places, streets, and highways on conventional road guide signs shall be a combination of lower-case letters with initial upper-case letters or all capital letters (refer to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.1.21 Word Messages (MUTCD Section 2A.14)|903.1.21, Word Messages]]).  All other word legends on conventional road guide signs shall be in capital letters.
+All other word legends on conventional road guide signs shall be in upper-case letters.
-==='''903.7.5 Size of Lettering''' (MUTCD Section 2D.06)===
+The unique letter forms for each of the Standard Alphabet series shall not be stretched, compressed, warped, or otherwise manipulated. Modifications to the length of a word for a given letter height and series shall be accomplished only by the methods described in [[#903.7.4 Size of Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.04)|EPG 903.7.4]].
-'''Support.'''  Sign legibility is a direct function of letter size and spacing.  Legibility distance has to be sufficient to give travelers enough time to read and comprehend the sign.  Under optimum conditions, a guide sign message can be read and understood in a brief glance.  The legibility distance includes a reasonable safety factor for inattention, blocking of view by other vehicles, unfavorable weather, inferior eyesight or other causes for delayed or slow reading.  Where conditions permit, repetition of guide information on successive signs gives the traveler more than one opportunity to obtain the information needed.
+==903.7.6 Size of Lettering ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.06)==
-'''Standard.'''  Design layouts for conventional road guide signs showing interline spacing, edge spacing and other specification details shall be as shown in Sign Detail and the Standard Highway Signs.  Also refer to [[903.19 Highway Signing General Information#903.19.11  Relation to Other Publications|903.19.11, Relation to Other Publications]].
+'''Support.'''  Sign legibility is a direct function of letter size and spacing. Legibility distance has to be sufficient to give travelers enough time to read and comprehend the sign. Under optimum conditions, a guide sign message can be read and understood in a brief glance. The legibility distance accounts for factors such as inattention, blocking of view by other vehicles, unfavorable weather, inferior eyesight, or other causes for delayed or slow reading. Where conditions permit, repetition of guide information on successive signs gives the traveler more than one opportunity to obtain the information needed.
-The principal legend on guide signs shall be in letters and numerals at least 6 in. tall.
+'''Standard.''' Design layouts for conventional road guide signs shall be provided by Central Office  Highway Safety and Traffic Division.
-'''Guidance.'''  Lettering sizes should be consistent on any particular class of highway.
+The principal legend on guide signs shall be in letters and numerals at least 6 inches tall for all upper-case letters, or a combination of 6 inches tall for upper-case letters and 4.5 inches tall for lower-case letters.
-The minimum lettering sizes specified herein should be exceeded where conditions indicate a need for greater legibility.
+'''Guidance.''' Lettering sizes should be consistent on any particular class of highway.
-==='''903.7.6 Amount of Legend''' (MUTCD Section 2D.07)===
+The minimum lettering sizes provided should be exceeded where conditions indicate a need for greater legibility.
-'''Support.'''  The lengthier the legend is on a guide sign, the longer it will take travelers to comprehend it, regardless of letter size.
+==903.7.7 Amount of Legend ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.07)==
-'''Guidance.'''  Guide signs should be limited to three lines of principal legend.  Where two or more signs are included in the same overhead display, the amount of legend should be minimized.  The principal legend should include only place names, route numbers and street names.
+'''Support.'''  The longer the legend is on a guide sign, the longer it will take travelers to comprehend it, regardless of letter size.
-'''Option.'''  Symbols, action information, cardinal directions and exit numbers may be used in addition to the principal legend where sign space is available.
+'''Guidance.''' Except where otherwise provided, guide signs should be limited to no more than three lines of destinations, which include place names, route numbers, street names, and cardinal directions. Where two or more signs are included in the same overhead display, the amount of legend should be further minimized. Where appropriate, a distance message or action information, such as an exit number, NEXT RIGHT, or directional arrows, should be provided on guide signs in addition to the destinations.
-==='''903.7.7 Arrows''' (MUTCD Section 2D.08)===
+==903.7.8 Arrows ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.08)==
-'''Support.'''  Arrows are used for lane assignment and to indicate the direction toward designated routes or destinations.  Figure 903.7.7 shows the up-arrow and the down-arrow designs that have been approved for use on guide signs.  Detailed drawings of these arrows are shown in Sign Detail and the Standard Highway Signs.  Also refer to [[903.19 Highway Signing General Information#903.19.11  Relation to Other Publications|903.19.11, Relation to Other Publications]].
+'''Support.'''  Arrows are used for lane assignment and to indicate the direction toward designated routes or destinations. Figure 903.7.8 shows the various standard arrow designs that have been approved for use on guide signs. Detailed drawings and standardized sizes based on ranges of letter heights for these arrows will be provided by Central Office Highway Safety and Traffic.
-'''Standard.'''  On overhead signs where it is desirable to indicate a lane to be followed, a down arrow shall point downward toward the center of that lane.  Down arrows shall be used only on overhead guide signs that restrict the use of specific lanes to traffic bound for the destination(s) and/or route(s) indicated by these arrows.  Down arrows shall not be used unless an arrow can be pointed to each lane that can be used to reach the destination shown on the sign.
+'''Standard.''' On overhead signs where it is desirable to indicate a lane to be followed, a down arrow shall be positioned approximately over the center of the lane and shall point vertically downward toward the approximate center of that lane. Down arrows shall be used only on overhead guide signs that restrict the use of specific lanes to traffic bound for the destination(s) and/or route(s) indicated by these arrows. Down arrows shall not be used unless an arrow can be located over and pointed to the approximate center of each lane that can be used to reach the destination displayed on the sign.
-Where a roadway is leaving the through lanes, an up arrow shall point upward at an angle representative of the alignment of the exit roadway.
+If down arrows are used, having more than one down arrow pointing to the same lane on a single overhead sign or on multiple signs on the same overhead signs structure shall not be permitted.
+Where a roadway is leaving the through lanes, a directional arrow shall point upward at an angle that approximates the alignment of the exit roadway.
-'''Guidance.'''  Arrows used on guide signs to indicate the directions toward designated routes or destinations should be pointed at the appropriate angle to clearly convey the direction to be taken.  A horizontally oriented up-arrow design should be used at right-angle intersections.
+Curved-stem arrows shall not be used on any sign that is not associated with a circular intersection.
-On a ground-mounted guide sign, a directional arrow for a straight-through movement should point upward.  For a turn, the arrow on a guide sign should point upward and at an angle related to the sharpness of the turn.
+'''Guidance.''' Arrows used on guide signs to indicate the directions toward designated routes or destinations should be pointed at the appropriate angle to clearly convey the direction to be taken. A horizontally oriented directional arrow design should be used at right-angle intersections.
-'''Option.'''  Arrows may be placed below the principal sign legend or on the appropriate side of the legend.
+On a post-mounted guide sign, a directional arrow for a straight-through movement should point upward. For a turn, the arrow on a guide sign should point horizontally or at an upward angle that approximates the sharpness of the turn.
-'''Guidance.'''  At an exit, an arrow should be placed at the side of the sign that will reinforce the movement of exiting traffic.  The up-arrow design should be used.
+'''Option.''' Arrows may be placed below the principal sign legend or on the appropriate side of the legend.
-Diagrammatic signing used on conventional roads should follow the principles set forth in Interchange Classification.
+'''Guidance.''' At an exit, an arrow should be placed at the side of the sign that will reinforce the movement of exiting traffic. The directional arrow design should be used.
-Figure 903.7.7 (2D-1) Arrows for Use on Guide Signs
+Arrows used in Overhead Arrow-per-Lane and Diagrammatic guide signing, if used on conventional roads, except for signs on approaches to roundabouts, should follow the principles set forth in [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.33 Interchange Classification (MUTCD Section 2E.32)|EPG 903.8.33 Interchange Classification]].  Arrows used in Diagrammatic guide signing on approaches to roundabouts should follow the principles set forth in [[#903.7.35 Destination Signs at Circular Intersections (MUTCD Section 2D.38)|EPG 903.7.35]].
+<div id="Fig. 903.7.8 Various"></div>
+[[image:903.7.8.jpg|center|thumb|600px|'''<center>Fig. 903.7.8 Various standard arrow designs approved for use on guide signs'''</center>]]
-==='''903.7.8 Numbered Highway Systems''' (MUTCD Section 2D.09)===
+==903.7.9 Numbered Highway Systems ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.09)==
 '''Support.'''  The purpose of numbering and signing highway systems should identify routes and facilitate travel.
@@ Line 474: / Line 240: @@
 The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) number the interstate and U.S. highway systems upon recommendations of the state highway organizations because the respective states own these systems.  State and county road systems are numbered by the appropriate authorities.
-The basic policy for numbering the U.S. and interstate highway systems is contained in the following Purpose and Policy statements published by AASHTO (see [[903.19 Highway Signing General Information#903.19.11 Relation to Other Publications (MUTCD Section 1A.11)|903.19.11.2 for AASHTO’s address]]):
+The basic policy for numbering the interstate and U.S. highway systems is contained in the following Purpose and Policy statements published by AASHTO:
-A.	“Establishment and Development of United States Numbered Highways”; and
+:A.	“Establishment and Development of United States Numbered Highways”; and
-B.	“Establishment of a Marking System of the Routes Comprising the National System of Interstate and Defense Highways.”
+:B.	“Establishment of a Marking System of the Routes Comprising the National System of Interstate and Defense Highways.”
-'''Guidance.'''  The principles of these policies should be followed in establishing the above highway systems and any other system, with effective coordination between adjacent jurisdictions.  Care should be taken to avoid the use of numbers or other designations that have been assigned to interstate, U.S., or state routes in the same geographic area.   Overlapping numbered routes should be kept to a minimum.
+'''Guidance.'''  The principles of these policies should be followed in establishing the highway systems and any other system, with effective coordination between adjacent jurisdictions.  Care should be taken to avoid the use of numbers or other designations that have been assigned to interstate, U.S., or state routes in the same geographic area.   Overlapping numbered routes should be kept to a minimum.
-'''Standard.'''  Route systems shall be given preference in this order:  interstate, United States, state and county.  The preference shall be given by installing the highest-priority legend on the top or the left of the sign panel.
+'''Standard.'''  Route systems shall be given preference in this order:  interstate, U.S., state and county.  The preference shall be given by installing the highest-priority legend on the top or the left of the sign.
-==='''903.7.9 Route Signs and Auxiliary Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.10)===
+==903.7.10 Route Signs and Auxiliary Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.10)==
 '''Standard.'''  All numbered highway routes shall be identified by route signs and auxiliary signs.  The signs for each system of numbered highways, which are distinctive in shape and color, shall be used only on that system and the approaches thereto.
-Route signs and any auxiliary signs that accompany them shall be retroreflective.
+'''Option.'''  Route signs and auxiliary signs may be proportionally enlarged where greater legibility is needed.
-'''Option.'''  Route signs and auxiliary signs may be proportionally enlarged where greater legibility is needed.
+'''Support.'''  Route signs are typically mounted in assemblies with auxiliary signs. [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.51_National_Scenic_Byways_Signs_.28D6-4.29_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.55.29 EPG 903.7.51] and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.52_Missouri_Scenic_Byways_Signs_.28D6-4b.2C_D6-4c.2C_D6-4d.29 EPG 903.7.52] contain information regarding the signing for scenic byways.
-'''Support.'''  Route signs are typically mounted in assemblies with auxiliary signs.
+[[903.9 General Information Signs#903.9.5 Auto Tour Route Signs (M17 series) (MUTCD Section 2H.07)|EPG 903.9.5]] contains information regarding the signing for Auto Tour Routes.
-==='''903.7.10 Design of Route Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.11)===
+==903.7.11 Design of Route Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.11)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
@@ Line 504: / Line 270: @@
 |}
-'''Standard.'''  The in Sign Detail and the Standard Highway Signs (also refer to [[903.19 Highway Signing General Information#903.19.11 Relation to Other Publications (MUTCD Section 1A.11)|903.19.11, Relation to Other Publications]]) shall be used for designing route signs.  The authority having jurisdiction shall establish other route sign designs.
+'''Standard.'''  The [http://wasprod/sms/catalog/index.do MoDOT Sign Management System (SMS) Sign Catalog] shall be used for designing route signs. The authority having jurisdiction shall establish other route sign designs.
-Interstate Route signs (M1-1) shall consist of a cutout shield, with the route number in white letters on a blue background, the word INTERSTATE in white capital letters on a red background and a white border.  This sign shall be used on all interstate routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.
+Interstate Route signs (M1-1) shall consist of a cutout shield, with the route number in white letters on a blue background, the word INTERSTATE in white upper-case letters on a red background and a white border.  This sign shall be used on all interstate routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.
 A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for interstate route numbers with one or two digits, and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for interstate route numbers having three digits.
-Off-Interstate Business Route (M1-2) signs shall consist of a cutout shield carrying the number of the connecting Interstate route and the words BUSINESS and LOOP in capital letters.  The legend and border shall be white on a green background and the shield shall be the same shape and dimensions as the Interstate Route sign.  In no instance shall the word INTERSTATE appear on the Off-Interstate Business Route sign.
+Off-Interstate Business Route (M1-2) signs shall consist of a cutout shield carrying the number of the connecting Interstate route and the words BUSINESS and LOOP in upper-case letters.  The legend and border shall be white on a green background and the shield shall be the same shape and dimensions as the Interstate Route sign.  In no instance shall the word INTERSTATE appear on the Off-Interstate Business Route sign.
 '''Option.'''  The Off-Interstate Business Route sign may be used on a major highway that is not a part of the Interstate system, but one that serves the business area of a city from an interchange on the system and rejoins the major highway.  When used on a green guide sign, a white square or rectangle may be placed behind the shield to improve contrast.
@@ Line 516: / Line 282: @@
 '''Standard.'''  U.S. Route (M1-4) signs shall consist of black numerals on a white shield surrounded by a black background without a border.  This sign shall be used on all U.S. routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.
-State Numbered Route (M1-5) signs shall consist of black numerals on a white representation of the State of Missouri surrounded by a black background without a border. (A design detail is provided in Sign Detail) This sign shall be used on all state routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.
+A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for U.S. route numbers with one or two digits, and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for U.S. route numbers having three digits.
+State Numbered Route (M1-5) signs shall consist of black numerals on a white representation of the State of Missouri surrounded by a rectangular black background without a border. (A design detail is provided in Sign Detail) This sign shall be used on all state routes and in connection with route sign assemblies on intersecting highways.
+A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state numbered route numbers with one or two digits, and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state numbers having three digits.
 State Lettered Route (M1-5a) signs shall be rectangular with the route letter in the center. The legend and border shall be black on a white background.
-'''Guidance.'''  The letters G, I, L, Q, S and X should not be used on State Lettered Route signs.
+A 24 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state lettered routes with one letter and a 30 in. x 24 in. minimum sign size shall be used for state lettered routes having two letters.
-==='''903.7.11 Design of Route Sign Auxiliaries''' (MUTCD Section 2D.12)===
-[[image:M2-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M2-1'''</center>|95px]]
+'''Guidance.''' The letters G, I, L, Q and S should not be used on State Lettered Route signs. The letter R should be used on supplemental routes connecting state parks or other recreational facilities. Usually, but not always, double letter routes are farm to market roads that end at county roads or are former alignments of other highways.
+'''Support.''' Missouri is the only state to extensively use lettering on its highway system. The 1952 Missouri 10-Year Highway Modernization and Expansion Program (the “Takeover Program”) upgraded 12,000 miles of county roads. The roads became known as supplemental routes. The program provided a state-maintained road within 2 miles of 95% of all rural units, such as farm homes, churches, schools, stores, etc. Missouri opted to use letters to label these routes to avoid confusion with the existing numbered routes.
+==903.7.12 Design of Route Sign Auxiliaries ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.12)==
+'''Standard.'''  All route sign auxiliaries shall match the color combination of the route sign that they supplement. If a route sign and its auxiliary signs are combined on a single sign with a green background, the auxiliary messages shall be white legends placed directly on the green background. Auxiliary signs shall not be mounted directly to a guide sign or other type of sign.
-'''Standard.'''  All route sign auxiliaries shall match the color combination of the route sign that they supplement.
+'''Option.'''  A route sign and any auxiliary signs used with it may be combined on a single sign as a guide sign.
-'''Option.'''  A route sign and any auxiliary signs used with it may be combined on a single panel.
+==903.7.13 Junction Auxiliary Sign (M2-1) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.13)==
-==='''903.7.12 Junction Auxiliary Sign (M2-1)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.13)===
+[[image:M2-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M2-1'''</center>|95px]]
-'''Standard.'''  The Junction (M2-1) auxiliary sign shall carry the abbreviated legend JCT and shall be mounted at the top of an assembly (see [[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.24 TEMPORARY DETOUR and Auxiliary Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.24)|903.7.24]]) either directly above the route sign or above a sign for an alternative route (see 903.7.14) that is part of the route designation.  The minimum size of the Junction auxiliary sign shall be 21 in. x 15 in. for compatibility with auxiliary signs carrying arrow symbols.
-==='''903.7.13 Combination Junction Sign (M2-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.14)===
-'''Support.'''  Not used in Missouri.
+'''Standard.'''  The Junction (M2-1) auxiliary sign shall carry the abbreviated legend JCT and shall be mounted at the top of an assembly (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.27_Junction_Assembly_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.30.29 EPG 903.7.27]) directly above the route sign, the sign for an alternative route (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.16_ALTERNATE_Auxiliary_Signs_.28M4-1.29_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.17.29 EPG 903.7.16]) that is part of the route designation, or the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign where access is available only to one direction of the intersected route.  The minimum size of the Junction auxiliary sign shall be 21 in. x 15 in. for compatibility with auxiliary signs carrying arrow symbols.
-==='''903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.15)===
+==903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.15)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
@@ Line 552: / Line 319: @@
 '''Guidance.'''  Cardinal Direction auxiliary signs carrying the legend NORTH, EAST, SOUTH or WEST should be used to indicate the general direction of the entire route.
-'''Standard.'''  To improve the readability, the first letter of the cardinal direction words shall be ten percent larger, rounded up to the nearest whole number size.
+'''Standard.'''  To improve the readability and recognition of the cardinal directions, the first letter of the cardinal direction words shall be ten percent larger, rounded up to the nearest whole number size.
+If used, the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign or, if used, an auxiliary sign for an alternative route.
-If used, the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign or an auxiliary sign for an alternative route.  Cardinal Directions shall not be used with a business route or lettered route markers.
+'''Guidance.'''  Cardinal Directions shall not be used with a business route or Missouri Lettered route markers.
 '''Support.'''  Odd-numbered routes run north south; even-numbered routes east west.
-==='''903.7.15 Auxiliary Signs for Alternative Routes (M4 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.16)===
+==903.7.15 Auxiliary Signs for Alternative Routes (M4 Series) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.16)==
 '''Option.'''  Auxiliary signs, carrying legends such as ALTERNATE, SPUR, or BUSINESS may be used to indicate an alternate route of the same number between two points on that route.
@@ Line 564: / Line 333: @@
 '''Standard.'''  If used, the auxiliary signs for alternative routes shall be mounted directly above a route sign.
-==='''903.7.16 ALTERNATE Auxiliary Signs (M4-1)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.17)===
+==903.7.16 ALTERNATE Auxiliary Signs (M4-1) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.17)==
 [[image:M4-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M4-1'''</center>|95px]]
@@ Line 576: / Line 345: @@
 '''Guidance.'''  The shorter (time or distance) or better-constructed route should retain the regular route number, and the longer or worse-constructed route should be designated the alternate route.
-==='''903.7.17 SPUR Auxiliary Sign (M4-1b)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.17a)===
+==903.7.17 SPUR Auxiliary Sign (M4-1b)==
 [[image:M4-1b.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M4-1b'''</center>|95px]]
@@ Line 584: / Line 353: @@
 '''Option.'''  The SPUR (M4-1b) auxiliary sign may be used to indicate a designated spur routing of a route.
-'''Standard.'''  If used, the SPUR auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign.
+'''Standard.'''  If used, the SPUR auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign. The SPUR auxiliary sign shall be used on Missouri numbered and letter routes.  The SPUR auxiliary sign shall not be used on Interstates or U.S. routes.
-==='''903.7.18 BY-PASS Auxiliary Sign (M4-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.18)===
-'''Support.'''  Not used in Missouri.
-==='''903.7.19 BUSINESS Auxiliary Sign (M4-3)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.19)===
+==903.7.18 BUSINESS Auxiliary Sign (M4-3) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.19)==
 [[image:M4-3.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M4-3'''</center>|95px]]
@@ Line 600: / Line 365: @@
 Cardinal Directions shall not be used with a business route.
-==='''903.7.20 Truck Auxiliary Sign (M4-4)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.20)===
+==903.7.19 TO Auxiliary Sign (M4-5) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.21)==
-'''Support.'''  Not used in Missouri.
-==='''903.7.21 TO Auxiliary Sign (M4-5)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.21)===
@@ Line 610: / Line 371: @@
-'''Option.'''  The TO (M4-5) auxiliary sign may be used to provide directional guidance to a particular road facility from other highways in the vicinity (see 903.7.29).
+'''Option.'''  The TO (M4-5) auxiliary sign may be used to provide directional guidance to a particular road facility from other highways in the vicinity (see [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.28_Advance_Route_Turn_Assembly_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.31.29 EPG 903.7.28]).
-'''Standard.'''  If used, the TO auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign or an auxiliary sign for an alternative route.
+'''Standard.'''  If used, the TO auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above a route sign or an auxiliary sign for an alternative route. If a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign is also included in the assembly, the TO auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above the Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign.
-==='''903.7.22 END Auxiliary Sign (M4-6)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.22)===
+==903.7.20 END Auxiliary Sign (M4-6) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.22)==
 [[image:M4-6.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M4-6'''</center>|95px]]
@@ Line 622: / Line 383: @@
 '''Standard.'''  If used, the END auxiliary sign shall be mounted either directly above a route sign, above a sign for an alternative route or above a business route marker that is part of the designation of the route being terminated.
-==='''903.7.23 TEMPORARY Auxiliary Signs (M4-7)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.23)===
+==903.7.21 TEMPORARY Auxiliary Signs (M4-7) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.24)==
 [[image:M4-7.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''M4-7'''</center>|95px]]
@@ Line 628: / Line 389: @@
 '''Option.'''  The TEMPORARY (M4-7) auxiliary sign may be used for an interim period to designate a section of highway that is not planned as a permanent part of a numbered route, but that connects completed portions of that route.
-'''Standard.'''  If used, the TEMPORARY auxiliary sign shall be mounted either directly above the route sign, above a Cardinal Direction sign, or above a sign for an alternate route that is a part of the route designation.  TEMPORARY auxiliary signs shall be promptly removed when the temporary route is abandoned.
+'''Standard.'''  If used, the TEMPORARY auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly above the route sign, above a Cardinal Direction sign, or above a sign for an alternate route that is a part of the route designation.  TEMPORARY auxiliary signs shall be promptly removed when the temporary route is abandoned.
-==='''903.7.24 TEMPORARY DETOUR and Auxiliary Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.24)===
+==903.7.22 Temporary Detour and Auxiliary Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.25)==
-'''Support.'''  Traffic Control for Field Operations contains information regarding Temporary Detour and Auxiliary signs.
+'''Support.'''  [[616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations|EPG 616.23 Traffic Control for Field Operations]] contains information regarding Temporary Detour and Auxiliary signs.
-==='''903.7.25 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.25)===
+==903.7.23 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2, M5-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
@@ Line 640: / Line 401: @@
 |[[image:M5-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M5-1'''</center>|90px]]
 ||[[image:M5-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M5-2'''</center>|90px]]
+||[[image:M5-3.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M5-3'''</center>|90px]]
 |}
 '''Standard.'''  If used, the Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary sign shall be mounted directly below the route sign in Advance Route Turn assemblies and display a right or left arrow, the shaft of which is bent at a 90-degree angle (M5-1) or at a 45-degree angle (M5-2).
-==='''903.7.26 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.26)===
+If used, the curved-stem Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary (M5-3) sign shall be used only on the approach to a circular intersection to depict a movement along the circulatory roadway around the central island and to the left, relative to the approach roadway and entry into the intersection.
+'''Guidance.''' If the M5-3 sign is used, then this arrow type should also be used consistently on any regulatory lane-use signs, destination signs, and pavement markings for a particular destination or movement.
+==903.7.24 Lane Designation Auxiliary Signs (M5-4, M5-5, M5-6) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.27)==
+{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+|-
+|[[image:M5-4.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M5-4'''</center>|90px]]
+||[[image:M5-5.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M5-5'''</center>|90px]]
+||[[image:M5-6.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M5-6'''</center>|90px]]
+|}
+'''Option.''' A Lane Designation (M5-4, M5-5 or M5-6) auxiliary sign may be mounted directly below the route sign in an Advance Route Turn assembly on multi-lane roadways to allow road users to move into the appropriate lane prior to reaching the intersection or interchange.
+'''Standard.''' If used, the Lane Designation auxiliary signs shall be used only where the designated lane is a mandatory movement lane and shall be located adjacent to the full-width portion of the mandatory movement lane.  The Lane Designation auxiliary signs shall not be installed adjacent to a through lane in advance of a lane that is being added or along the taper for a lane that is being added.
+==903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.28)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
 |[[image:M6-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-1'''</center>|90px]]
-||[[image:M6-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-2'''</center>|90px]]
+||[[image:M6-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-2'''</center>|90px]]
 ||[[image:M6-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-3'''</center>|90px]]||[[image:M6-4.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-4'''</center>|90px]]
 |}
@@ Line 655: / Line 435: @@
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:M6-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-5'''</center>|90px]]
+|[[image:M6-5.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-5'''</center>|90px]]
-||[[image:M6-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-6'''</center>|90px]]
+||[[image:M6-6.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-6'''</center>|90px]]
-||[[image:M6-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-7'''</center>|90px]]
+||[[image:M6-7.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''M6-7'''</center>|90px]]
 |}
-'''Standard.'''  If used, the Directional Arrow auxiliary sign shall be mounted below the route sign in directional assemblies and display a single- or double-headed arrow pointing in the general direction that the route follows.
+'''Standard.'''  If used, the Directional Arrow auxiliary sign shall be mounted below the route sign and any other auxiliary signs in directional assemblies and display a single- or double-headed arrow pointing in the general direction that the route follows.
+A directional arrow auxiliary sign that displays a double-headed arrow shall not be mounted in any directional assembly in advance of or at a circular intersection.
 '''Guidance.'''  The Straight Arrows (M6 Series) may be substituted for the Advance Turn arrows (M5-1 and M5-2) used near the “on” ramps of tight diamond interchanges to reduce the possibility of motorist confusion about which ramp to enter.
-==='''903.7.27 Route Sign Assemblies''' (MUTCD Section 2D.27)===
+==903.7.26 Route Sign Assemblies ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.29)==
 '''Standard.'''  A Route Sign assembly shall consist of a route sign and auxiliary signs that further identify the route and indicate the direction.  Route Sign assemblies shall be installed on all approaches to numbered routes that intersect with other numbered routes.
@@ Line 672: / Line 454: @@
 Within groups of assemblies, information for routes intersecting from the left shall be mounted at the left in horizontal arrangements and at the top or center of vertical arrangements.  Similarly, information for routes intersecting from the right shall be at the right or bottom, and for straight-through routes at the center in horizontal arrangements or top in vertical arrangements.
-Route Sign assemblies shall be mounted according to the [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/Sec0903.pdf Sec 903.1] for highway signs, with the lowest sign in the assembly at the height prescribed for single signs.
+Route Sign assemblies shall be mounted according to [[903.3 Post-Mounted Signing#903.3.3 Mounting Height (MUTCD Section 2A.18)|EPG 903.3.3 Mounting Height]], with the lowest sign in the assembly at the height prescribed for single signs.
 '''Guidance.'''  Assemblies for two or more routes, or for different directions on the same route, should be mounted in groups on a common support.
@@ Line 682: / Line 464: @@
 '''Support.'''  Refer to Typical Signing Applications for additional information.
-==='''903.7.28 Junction Assembly''' (MUTCD Section 2D.28)===
+These assemblies for independent use are Flat Sheet signs. For interstate shields, payment is the same, but these contain blue sheeting. For cardinal directions placed over the interstate shield, a note is placed on [https://www.modot.org/media/16703 Form D-30] to indicate the number of cardinal directions which are interstate design, and which are the black on white type. This is also indicated for arrow signs placed below the interstate shield. For overlapping routes with an interstate and any other type of roadway containing the same cardinal direction, only one cardinal direction is required, and one arrow sign, with the interstate design being used, as indicated on typical signing plans for diamond interchanges and cloverleaf interchanges.
+==903.7.27 Junction Assembly ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.30)==
+'''Standard.'''  A Junction assembly shall consist of a Junction auxiliary sign and a route sign. The route sign shall carry the number, or letter, of the intersected or joined route.
-'''Standard.'''  A Junction assembly shall consist of a Junction auxiliary sign and a route sign.  The route sign shall carry the number of the intersected or joined route.
+The Junction assembly shall be installed in advance of every intersection where a state route is intersected or joined by another state route.
+'''Guidance.''' In urban areas, the Junction assembly should be installed in the block preceding the intersection. In urban areas where speeds are low, the Junction assembly should not be installed more than 300 ft. in advance of the intersection.
-The Junction assembly shall be installed in advance of every intersection where a numbered route is intersected or joined by another numbered route.  In urban areas it shall be installed in the block preceding the intersection and in rural areas it shall be installed at least 400 ft. in advance of the intersection.  In rural areas, the minimum distance between the Destination sign and the Route Turn assembly shall be 200 ft. and the minimum distance between the Route Turn assembly and the Junction assembly shall be 200 ft.
+In rural areas, the Junction assembly should be installed at least 400 ft. in advance of the intersection. In rural areas, the minimum distance between a Junction assembly and either a destination sign or an Advance Route Turn assembly should be 200 feet.
-'''Option.'''  Where two or more routes should be indicated, a single Junction auxiliary sign may be used for the assembly and all route signs grouped in a single mounting.
+Where speeds are high, greater spacing should be used.
-==='''903.7.29 Advance Route Turn Assembly''' (MUTCD Section 2D.29)===
+==903.7.28 Advance Route Turn Assembly ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.31)==
 '''Standard.'''  An Advance Route Turn assembly shall consist of a route sign, an Advance Turn Arrow or word message auxiliary sign and a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, if needed.  It shall be installed in advance of an intersection where a turn must be made to remain on the indicated route.
@@ Line 697: / Line 485: @@
 '''Guidance.'''  Where a multiple-lane highway approaches an interchange or intersection with a numbered route, the Advance Route Turn assembly should be used to pre-position turning vehicles in the correct lanes from which to make their turn.
+'''Option.''' Lane Designation auxiliary signs may be used in Advance Route Turn assemblies in place of the Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary signs where engineering judgment indicates that specific lane information associated with each route is needed and overhead signing is not practical and the designated lane is a mandatory movement lane. An assembly with the Lane Designation auxiliary signs may supplement or substitute for an assembly with Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary signs.
 '''Standard.'''  An assembly that includes an Advance Turn Arrow auxiliary sign shall not be placed so that an intersection is between it and the designated turn.
@@ Line 702: / Line 492: @@
 '''Guidance.'''  Sufficient distance should be allowed between the assembly and any preceding intersection that could be mistaken for the indicated turn.
-==='''903.7.30 Directional Assembly''' (MUTCD Section 2D.30)===
+==903.7.29 Directional Assembly ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.32)==
-'''Standard.'''  Directional assembly shall consist of a route sign, a Directional Arrow auxiliary sign, and a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, if needed.  Uses of Directional assemblies shall be:
+'''Standard.'''  Directional assembly shall consist of a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, a route sign and a Directional Arrow auxiliary sign. The various uses of Directional assemblies shall be as provided in Items A through D:
-A.	Turn movements (indicated in advance by an Advance Route Turn assembly) shall be marked by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the turning route and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of the turn.
+:A.	Turn movements (indicated in advance by an Advance Route Turn assembly) shall be marked by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the turning route and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of the turn.
-B.	The beginning of a route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) shall be marked by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of that route and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of the route.
+:B.	The beginning of a route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) shall be marked by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of that route and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of the route.
-C. 	The end of a route shall be marked by a Directional assembly with an END auxiliary sign and a route sign displaying the number of that route.
+:C. An intersected route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) on a crossroad where the route is designated on both legs shall be designated by:
-D.	An intersected route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) shall be designated by:
+::1.	Two Directional assemblies, each with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route, a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of movement on that route; or
-:1.	Two Directional assemblies, each with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route, a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign, and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of movement on that route; or
+::2.	A Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route and a double-headed arrow, pointing at appropriate angles to the left, right or ahead.
-:2.	A Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route and a double-headed arrow, pointing at appropriate angles to the left, right or ahead.
+:D. An intersected route (indicated in advance by a Junction assembly) on a side road or on a crossroad where the route is designated only on one of the legs shall be designated by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the intersected route, a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and a single-headed arrow pointing in the direction of movement on that route.
 '''Guidance.'''  Straight-through movements should be indicated by a Directional assembly with a route sign displaying the number of the continuing route and a vertical arrow.  A Directional assembly is not to be used for a straight-through movement in the absence of other assemblies indicating right or left turns, as the Confirming assembly sign beyond the intersection normally provides adequate guidance.
@@ Line 722: / Line 512: @@
 Directional assemblies should be located on the near right corner of the intersection.  At major intersections and at Y or offset intersections, additional Directional assemblies should be installed on the far right or left corner to confirm the near-side assemblies.  When the near-corner position is not practical for Directional assemblies, the far right corner should be the preferred alternative, with oversized signs, if necessary, for legibility.  Where unusual conditions exist, the location of a Directional assembly should be determined by engineering judgment with the goal being to provide the best possible combination of view and safety.
-'''Support.'''  It is more important that guide signs be readable at the right time and place than to be located with absolute uniformity.  Refer to Typical Signing Applications for additional information.
+'''Support.'''  It is more important that guide signs be readable, and that the information and direction displayed thereon be readily understood, at the appropriate time and place than to be located with absolute uniformity.  Refer to [[903.16 Typical Signing Applications|EPG 903.16 Typical Signing Applications]] for additional information.
+==903.7.30 Combination Lane-Use/Destination Overhead Guide Sign ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.33)==
+'''Option.''' At complex intersection approaches involving multiple turn lanes and destinations, a Combination Lane-Use/Destination (D15-1) overhead guide sign that combines a lane-use regulatory sign with destination information such as a cardinal direction, a route number, a street name and/or a place name may be used.
+'''Support.''' At such locations, the combined information on the D15-1 signs can be even more effective than separate lane-use and guide signs for conveying to unfamiliar drivers which lane or lanes to use for a particular destination.
+'''Standard.''' The Combination Lane-Use/Destination (D15-1) overhead guide sign shall be used only where the designated lane is a mandatory movement lane. The D15-1 sign shall not be used for lanes with optional movements.
+The D15-1 sign shall have a green background with a white border. The D15-1 sign shall be located approximately over the center of the lane to which it applies. If used on new projects, the lane-use sign shall be placed near the bottom of the sign and the destination information shall be placed near the top of the sign.
-==='''903.7.31	Confirming or Reassurance Assemblies''' (MUTCD Section 2D.31)===
+==903.7.31 Confirming or Reassurance Assemblies ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.34)==
-'''Standard.'''  Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall consist of a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign or a route sign mounted above the Route Marker unless a lettered route is indicated.
+'''Standard.''' Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall consist of a Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and a route sign. Lettered routes, business routes, business loops and spurs do not receive Cardinal Direction auxiliary signs. Where the Confirming or Reassurance assembly is for an alternative route, the appropriate auxiliary sign for an alternative route shall also be included in the assembly.
-Confirming assemblies shall be erected on the far side of all junctions to identify the route the driver is currently on.  Confirming assemblies shall be used of the far side of major intersections in urban areas.
+Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall be erected on the far side of all junctions to identify the route the driver is currently on. Confirming or Reassurance assemblies shall be used on the far side of major intersections in urban areas.
-'''Guidance.'''  A Confirming assembly should be placed 25 to 200 ft. beyond the far shoulder or curb line of the intersected highway, see [[903.13 Typical Signing Applications#Figure 903.13.15 Standard Diamond Interchange Signing|Figure 903.13.15]].
+'''Guidance.''' A Confirming assembly should be placed 25 ft. to 200 ft. beyond the far shoulder or curb line of the intersected highway.
-Route signs for either confirming or reassurance purposes should be spaced at such intervals as necessary to keep road users informed of their routes.
+If used, Reassurance assemblies should be installed between intersections in urban areas as needed, and beyond the built-up area of any incorporated city or town.
-'''Option.'''  Additional confirmation assemblies may be used on the far side of minor intersections in heavy commercial or congested areas.
+Route signs for either confirming or reassurance purposes should be spaced at such intervals as necessary to keep road users informed of their routes.
-'''Support.'''  Confirming and Reassurance assemblies are considered to be a type of Directional assembly.
+A route sign should be placed 500 feet beyond the downstream end of interchange acceleration lanes confirming the route(s) the driver is entering onto.
-==='''903.7.32 Trailblazer Assembly''' (MUTCD Section 2D.32)===
+'''Option.''' Additional confirmation assemblies may be used on the far side of minor intersections in heavy commercial or congested areas.
-'''Support.'''  Trailblazer assemblies provide directional guidance to a particular road facility from other highways in the vicinity.  This is accomplished by installing Trailblazer assemblies at strategic locations to indicate the direction to the nearest or most convenient point of access.  The use of the word TO indicates that the road or street where the sign is posted is not a part of the indicated route and that a traveler is merely being directed progressively to the route.
+On freeways with emergency reference markers the confirmation route assembly may be omitted only if there is no overlapping route on that portion of the freeway, as the emergency reference marker serves as the confirmation.
-Figure 903.7.32 Standard Route Marker Assemblies
+==903.7.32 Trailblazer Assembly ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.35)==
+'''Support.'''  Trailblazer assemblies provide directional guidance to a particular road facility from other highways in the vicinity.  This guidance is accomplished by installing Trailblazer assemblies at strategic locations to indicate the direction to the nearest or most convenient point of access.  The use of the word TO indicates that the road or street where the sign is posted is not a part of the indicated route and that a traveler is merely being directed progressively to the route.
-'''Standard.'''  A Trailblazer assembly shall consist of a TO auxiliary sign, a route sign (or a special road facility symbol), and a single-headed Directional Arrow auxiliary sign pointing in the direction leading to the route.
+'''Standard.'''  A Trailblazer assembly shall consist of a TO auxiliary sign, a route sign for a numbered or named highway or an Auto Tour Route sign, and a single-headed Directional Arrow auxiliary sign pointing in the direction leading to the route. Where the Trailblazer assembly is for an alternative route, the appropriate auxiliary sign for an alternative route shall also be included in the assembly.
-'''Option.'''  A Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign may be used with a Trailblazer assembly.
+'''Option.''' A Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign may be used with a Trailblazer assembly.
-'''Guidance.'''  The TO auxiliary sign, Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and Directional Arrow auxiliary sign should be of the standard size specified for auxiliary signs of their respective type.  The route sign should be the size specified in [[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.10 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)|903.7.10]].
+'''Guidance.''' The TO auxiliary sign, Cardinal Direction auxiliary sign and Directional Arrow auxiliary sign should be of the standard size provided for auxiliary signs of their respective type. The route sign should be the size provided in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.11_Design_of_Route_Signs_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.11.29 EPG 903.7.11].
 Trailblazer assemblies may be installed with other Route Sign assemblies, or alone, in the immediate vicinity of the designated facilities.
-==='''903.7.33	Destination and/or Distance Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.33)===
+==903.7.33 Destination and/or Distance Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.36)==
 '''Support.'''  In addition to guidance by route numbers, it is desirable to supply the road user information concerning the destinations that can be reached by way of numbered or unnumbered routes.  This is done by means of Destination and/or Distance signs.
-States are not routinely listed as destinations in conjunction with the control city or destination.  For example, when listing Des Moines on a guide sign, it is not necessary to list Iowa or the abbreviation IA. When ambiguity exits such as Kansas City, Missouri or Kansas City, Kansas, it becomes necessary to list the city with the states proper abbreviation.  Justification is required when using abbreviations of states or the entire state name on Destination and/or Distance Signs.
+States are not routinely listed as destinations in conjunction with the control city or destination.  For example, when listing Des Moines on a guide sign, it is not necessary to list Iowa or the abbreviation IA. When ambiguity exits such as Kansas City, Missouri or Kansas City, Kansas, it becomes necessary to list the city with the state's proper abbreviation.  Justification is required when using abbreviations of states or the entire state name on Destination and/or Distance Signs.
+'''Option.'''  Route shields and cardinal directions may be included on the Destination sign with the destinations and arrows.
-'''Option.'''  Route and Cardinal Direction auxiliary signs may be included on the Destination sign panel with the destinations and arrows.
+'''Guidance.''' If Route shields and cardinal directions are included on a Destination sign, the height of the Route shields should be at least two times the height of the upper-case letters of the principal legend and not less than 18 inches, and the cardinal directions should be in all upper-case letters that are at least the minimum height specified for these signs.
-'''Guidance.'''  The size of the route signs and Cardinal Direction auxiliary signs should be at least the minimum size specified for these signs.
-'''Standard.'''  Except where special interchange signing is prescribed, Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series) shall be white on green horizontal rectangle signs carrying the name of a city, town, village or other state route.  The letters “MO” shall not be used, however, the letter “I” for interstate routes or “US” for United States routes will be shown.  When state route is required, the legend ROUTE XX or its shield shall be used, regardless whether it is a numbered or lettered route.  For signs with legends 8 in. or larger, Route Shields shall be used in lieu of text legend.
+'''Standard.'''  Except where special interchange signing is prescribed, Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series) shall be white on green horizontal rectangle signs carrying the name of a city, town, village or other state route.  The letters “MO” shall not be used, however, the letter “I” for interstate routes or “US” for United States routes will be shown.  When state route is required, the legend ROUTE XX or its shield shall be used, regardless whether it is a numbered or lettered route.  For signs with legends 8 inches or larger, Route Shields shall be used in lieu of text legend.
 The order of destinations shall be ahead, left and then right.  If there is more than one destination shown in the same direction, the name of the nearest destination shall appear above the names of any destinations that are farther away.
-Destinations shall not include traffic generators such as universities, stadiums amusement parks or other publicly or privately owned attractions.
+Destinations shall not include traffic generators such as universities, stadiums, amusement parks or other publicly or privately owned attractions.
 '''Guidance.'''  No more than three destinations should be used on a Destination and/or Distance Sign (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series).
@@ Line 775: / Line 576: @@
 Destinations should appear on all subsequent Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1, and D1-1a Series) for continuity until the corporate limits of the destination are reached.
-'''Option.'''  Unincorporated communities may be used on Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series) at junctions of state routes where it is more appropriate than using incorporated communities.
+'''Option.'''  Unincorporated communities may be used on Destination and/or Distance Signs (D1-1, D2-1 and D1-1a Series) at junctions of state routes where it is more appropriate than using incorporated communities if that destination meets the qualifications of [[903.9 General Information Signs#903.9.9 City/County Limit Signs (I4, I5, I6 Series)|EPG 903.9.9]].
 '''Standard.'''  On DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series), an arrow pointing to the right shall be at the extreme right of the sign, and an arrow pointing left or up shall be at the extreme left.
@@ Line 781: / Line 582: @@
 '''Guidance.'''  Arrows used on DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) for conventional routes should be limited to left, thru and right arrows.  Unless a sloping arrow conveys a clearer indication of the direction to be followed, the directional arrows should be horizontal or vertical.
-When used in high-speed areas, DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) should be located 200 ft. or more in advance of the intersection, and following any Junction or Advance Route Turn assemblies that may be required.
+When used in high-speed areas, DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) should be located 200 ft. or more in advance of the intersection and following any Junction or Advance Route Turn assemblies that may be required.
 '''Option.'''  In urban areas, shorter advance distances may be used.
@@ Line 787: / Line 588: @@
 Because the DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) are of lesser importance than the Junction, Advance Route Turn or Directional assemblies, the DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) and DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) may be eliminated when sign spacing is critical.
-'''Standard.'''  For DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) and DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series), mileages to towns and cites shall be computed from the point of the sign to a terminal point, usually a major intersection with another state route, near the business district of that town or city.  In no case should the mileage shown on the DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) or DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series) at an intersection exit be different from that shown for the same destination on any other leg of the approach to/from said intersection.
+'''Standard.'''  For DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) and DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series), mileages to towns and cities shall be based on the control point of that town or city.  Control points are usually a major intersection with another state route, near the business district of that town or city.  In no case should the mileage shown on the DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) or DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series) at an intersection exit be different from that shown for the same destination on any other leg of the approach to/from said intersection.
-Terminal points for use in determining distances for DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) and DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series) to more important towns and cities shall be revised and furnished by the State Traffic Engineer, upon request.
+Terminal points for use in determining distances for DISTANCE AND DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1a Series) and DISTANCE SIGNS (D2-1 Series) to more important towns and cities shall be revised and furnished by the State Highway Safety and Traffic Engineer, upon request.
 The selection of destinations on a Distance sign shall be determined by the following rules:
-A.  The first or top line shall identify the next interchange or community along the route;
+:A.  The first or top line shall identify the next interchange or community along the route;
-B.  If used, the second or middle line should list the next control point on the route; and
+:B.  If used, the second or middle line should list the next control point on the route; and
-C.  The third or bottom line shall identify the next control city on the route.
+:C.  The third or bottom line shall identify the next control city on the route.
-'''Guidance.'''  Distances should be rounded to the nearest whole mile and the distances should be to the actual destination (for example, the actual city limits), not the ramp exit gore or intersection.
+'''Guidance.'''  Distances should be rounded to the nearest whole mile and the distances should be to the actual destination, not the ramp exit gore, city limits, or intersection.
 Distance signs may have one line or a maximum of three lines.
@@ Line 819: / Line 620: @@
 |}
-'''Support.'''  Control cities are defined for the interstate system in the AASHTO List of Control Cities for Use in Guide Signs on Interstate Highways and [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#Table 903.8.13 Interstate Sign Control Cities|Table 903.8.13, Interstate Sign Control Cities]].  Control cities on other systems are determined as the next community located where the route intersects with a U.S. numbered route.  A [[media:903.7.33 Control Points.doc|list of routes eligible for distance signing and the appropriate control points]] is available.
+'''Support.'''  Control cities are defined for the interstate system in the AASHTO List of Control Cities for Use in Guide Signs on Interstate Highways and [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#Table 903.8.11 Interstate Sign Control Cities|Table 903.8.11, Interstate Sign Control Cities]].  Control cities on other systems are determined as the next community located where the route intersects with a U.S. numbered route.  A [[media:903.7.33 Control Points.doc|list of routes eligible for distance signing and the appropriate control points]] is available.
 '''Guidance.'''  The destination shown for each direction should ordinarily be the next county seat or the next principal city, rather than a more distant destination.  In the case of overlapping routes, there should be shown only one destination in each direction for each route.
-==='''903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.34)===
+==903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.37)==
+{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+|-
+|[[image:D1-1.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-1'''</center>|125px]]
+||[[image:D1-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-2'''</center>|125px]]
+||[[image:D1-3.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-3'''</center>|125px]]
+|}
+'''Standard.'''  Destination (D1-1 through D1-3) signs shall be a horizontal rectangle displaying the name of a city, town or village and a directional arrow indicating the direction to the destination. Destination (D1 Series) signs shall not indicate distance to the destination.
+Destination signs shall be provided at the junctions of all interstate, U.S. and state routes except where it is deemed not appropriate or routes that have no destination to be listed. Locations for which Destination signs might not be appropriate are business routes, loops, alternate routes or locations signed in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.40_Destination_and_Distance_Signs_.28D1a_Series.29 EPG 903.7.40], Destination and Distance Signs (D1-1a Series).
+Destination signs shall be installed along crossroads within the limits of an interchange.
+At intersections where a Distance (D2 Series) is provided after the turn, a Destination sign shall be installed on the approach to the intersection.
+'''Guidance.''' If several individual name signs are assembled into a group, all signs in the assembly should be of the same horizontal width.
+In the case where no communities exist, numbered routes should be provided on the Destination (D1-1 Series) signs.
+==903.7.35 Destination Signs at Circular Intersections ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.38)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D1-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-1'''</center>|125px]]
+|[[image:D1-1d.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-1d'''</center>|160px]]
-||[[image:D1-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-2'''</center>|125px]]
+||[[image:D1-1e.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-1e'''</center>|175px]]|||[[image:D1-2d.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-2d'''</center>|175px]]
-||[[image:D1-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-3'''</center>|125px]]
+||[[image:D1-3d.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-3d'''</center>|175px]]
 |}
-'''Standard.'''  DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 through D1-3) shall display a directional arrow indicating the direction to the destination.  DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) shall not indicate distance to the destination.
+'''Standard.''' Destination signs that are used at circular intersections shall comply with the provisions of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.34_Destination_Signs_.28D1_Series.29_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.37.29 EPG 903.7.34].
+'''Option.''' Exit destination (D1-1d, D1-1e) signs with diagonal upward-pointing arrows or Directional assemblies may be used to designate a particular exit from a circular intersection.
+Exit destination (D1-2d, D1-3d) signs with curved-stem arrows may be used on approaches to circular intersections to represent the left-turn movements.
+Curved-stem arrows on circular intersection destination signs may point in diagonal directions to depict the location of an exit relative to the approach roadway and entry into the intersection.
+'''Guidance.''' If curved-stem arrows are used on destination signs, then this arrow type should also be used consistently on any regulatory lane-use signs, Directional assemblies, and pavement markings for a particular destination or movement.
+'''Support.''' Figs. 903.7.35.1 and 903.7.35.2 illustrate two examples of guide signing for circular intersections.
-DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) shall be provided at the junctions of all interstate, US and state routes except where it is deemed not appropriate or routes that have no destination to be listed.  Locations for which DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) might not be appropriate are business routes, loops, alternate routes or locations signed in 903.7.37, DESTINATION and DISTANCE SIGNS.
+[[903.5 Regulatory Signs|EPG 903.5]] contains information regarding regulatory signs at circular intersections and [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.6_Warning_Signs EPG 903.6] contains information regarding warning signs at circular intersections.
-DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series) shall be installed along crossroads within the limits of an interchange.
+'''Standard.''' Diagrammatic guide signs for circular intersections shall not be used.
-At intersections where a DISTANCE SIGN (D2Series) is provided after the turn, a DESTINATION SIGN (D1-1 Series) shall be installed on the approach to the intersection.
+[[image:903.7.35.1.jpg|center|700px|thumb|'''<center>Fig. 903.7.35.1, Example of Guide Signs for Roundabouts'''</center>]]
-'''Option.'''  Where an incorporated or locally recognized unincorporated community is located on a county road off the state system, a single line DESTINATION SIGN (D1-1) may be installed at the intersection of the county road with the state system.
+[[image:903.7.35.2.jpg|center|700px|thumb|'''<center>Fig. 903.7.35.2, Example of Guide Signs for Roundabouts'''</center>]]
-'''Guidance.'''  If several individual name panels are assembled into a group, all panels in the assembly should be of the same length.
+==903.7.36 Destination Signs at Jughandles ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.39)==
-In the case where no communities exist, numbered routes should be provided on the DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series).
+'''Standard.''' Destination signs that are used at jughandles shall comply with the provisions of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.34_Destination_Signs_.28D1_Series.29_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.37.29 EPG 903.7.34].
-==='''903.7.35	Location of DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.35)===
+==903.7.37 Location of Destination Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.40)==
-'''Support.'''  Refer to [[903.13 Typical Signing Applications|Typical Signing Applications]] for typical placements of DESTINATION SIGNS (D1-1 Series).
+'''Support.''' Refer to [[903.16 Typical Signing Applications|EPG 903.16 Typical Signing Applications]] for typical placements of Destination signs.
-==='''903.7.36 DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.36)===
+==903.7.38 Distance Signs (D2 Series) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.41)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D2-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D2-1'''</center>|125px]]
+|[[image:D2-1.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D2-1'''</center>|125px]]
-||[[image:D2-2.gif|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D2-2'''</center>]]
+||[[image:D2-2.jpg|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D2-2'''</center>]]
-||[[image:D2-3.gif|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D2-3'''</center>]]
+||[[image:D2-3.jpg|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D2-3'''</center>]]
 |}
-'''Standard.'''  DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) signs shall be erected on interstate, U.S. numbered and Missouri numbered routes only.  DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) shall be erected:
+'''Standard.''' If used, the Distance (D2-1 through D2-3) signs shall be a horizontal rectangle of a size appropriate for the required legend, carrying the names of no more than three cities, towns, or junctions.
+The Distance numerals shall be placed to the right of the destination names.
+Distance signs shall display the distance (to the nearest mile) to the destination in the forward direction. Distance signs shall not include arrows.
+'''Guidance.'''  Distance (D2 Series) signs should be erected on Interstate, U.S. numbered, and Missouri numbered routes only and shall be erected for example:
-A.  When leaving an incorporated area;
+:A. When leaving an incorporated area;
-B.  Following an on ramp at an interchange; and
+:B. Following an on ramp at an interchange; and
-C.  Following an intersection with another numbered route.
+:C. Following an intersection with another numbered route.
-DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) shall not be erected in urban areas, except following an interchange.
+Distance signs should not be erected in urban areas, except following an interchange.
-DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) shall display the distance (to the nearest mile) to the destination in the forward direction.  DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) shall not include arrows.
+==903.7.39 Location of Distance Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.42)==
-'''Location of DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series).  (MUTCD Section 2D.37)'''
+'''Guidance.''' If used, Distance signs should be installed on important routes leaving municipalities and just beyond intersections of numbered routes in rural areas. If used, they should be placed just outside the municipal limits or at the edge of the built-up area if it extends beyond the limits.
-'''Guidance.'''  Where overlapping routes separate a short distance from the municipal limits, the DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) at the municipal limits should be omitted.  The DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series) should be installed approximately 300 ft. beyond the separation of the two routes.
+Where overlapping routes separate a short distance from the municipal limits, the Distance signs at the municipal limits should be omitted. The Distance sign should be installed approximately 300 ft. beyond the separation of the two routes.
-Where, just outside of an incorporated municipality, two routes are concurrent and continue concurrently to the next incorporated municipality, the top name on the DISTANCE SIGN (D2 Series)  should be that of the place where the routes separate; the bottom name should be that of the city to which the greater part of the through traffic is destined.
+Where, just outside of an incorporated municipality, two routes are concurrent and continue concurrently to the next incorporated municipality, the top name on the Distance sign should be that of the place where the routes separate; the bottom name should be that of the city to which the greater part of the through traffic is destined.
-'''Support.'''  [[903.13 Typical Signing Applications]] shows typical placements of DISTANCE SIGNS (D2 Series).
+'''Support.''' [[903.16 Typical Signing Applications|EPG 903.16 Typical Signing Applications]] shows typical placements of Distance signs.
-==='''903.7.37	DESTINATION AND DISTANCE SIGN(D1-1a Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37a)'''===
+==903.7.40 Destination and Distance Signs (D1a Series)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D1-1a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-1a'''</center>|125px]]
+|[[image:D1-1a.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D1-1a'''</center>|125px]]
-||[[image:D1-2a.gif|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D1-2a'''</center>]]
+||[[image:D1-2a.jpg|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D1-2a'''</center>]]
-||[[image:D1-3a.gif|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D1-3a'''</center>]]
+||[[image:D1-3a.jpg|left|125px|thumb|<center>'''D1-3a'''</center>]]
 |}
-'''Standard.'''  DESTINATION AND DISTANCE SIGNS (D1-1a Series) shall display a directional arrow and distance to the destination.
+'''Standard.'''  Destination and Distance (D1-1a through D1-3a) signs shall display a directional arrow and distance to the destination.
-DESTINATION AND DISTANCE SIGNS (D1-1a Series) shall not be installed within the limits of an interchange, except at the ramp terminal.
+Destination and Distance (D1a Series) signs shall not be installed within the limits of an interchange, except at the ramp terminal.
-At an intersection, where a DISTANCE SIGN (D2-1 Series) is not provided leaving the intersection or at the end of the ramp terminal, a DESTINATION AND DISTANCE SIGN (D1-1a Series) shall be used in advance of the intersection instead of the DESTINATION SIGN (D1-1 Series).
+At an intersection, where a Distance (D2 Series) sign is not provided leaving the intersection or at the end of the ramp terminal, a  Destination and Distance sign shall be used in advance of the intersection.
-An arrow pointing to the right shall be at the extreme right of the sign, and an arrow pointing left or up shall be at the extreme left.  The distance figures shall be placed to the right of the destination names.
+An arrow pointing to the right shall be at the extreme right of the sign, and an arrow pointing left or up shall be at the extreme left. The distance figures shall be placed to the right of the destination names.
-==='''903.7.38 Street Name Signs (D-3 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.38)===
+==903.7.41 Street Name Signs (D3-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D-3'''</center>|135px]]
+|[[image:D3-1.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D3-1'''</center>|135px]]
-||[[image:D-3a.gif|left|135px|thumb|<center>'''D-3a'''</center>]]
+||[[image:D3-1b.jpg|left|135px|thumb|<center>'''D3-1b'''</center>]]
-||[[image:D-3b.gif|left|135px|thumb|<center>'''D-3b'''</center>]]
+||[[image:D3-1c.jpg|left|135px|thumb|<center>'''D3-1c'''</center>]]
 |}
-'''Guidance.'''  Street Name signs should be installed in urban areas at all street intersections regardless of other route signs that may be present and should be installed in rural areas to identify important roads that are not otherwise signed.
+'''Standard.''' The Street Name sign shall be retroreflective or illuminated to show the same shape and similar color both day and night. The color of the legend and border shall contrast with the background color of the sign.
-'''Option.'''  Any political subdivision may erect, furnish and maintain a Street Name sign of the same type as the D-3a series on state right of way at non-signalized intersections.
+MoDOT shall only install Street Name signs at signalized intersection approaches that have been officially named by the local jurisdiction. Street Name signs are not installed for any approach to fire stations, commercial entrances, schools, or an entrance to a freeway or expressway-type highway. The Street Name signs shall be mounted on a mast arm and on span wire signals between the carrier and tether wires and shall be mounted a maximum of 12 inches from the center of the upright support. This distance may be increased on span wire signals if the support isn’t adjacent to the roadway (see Fig. 903.7.41).
+[[image:903.7.41.jpg|center|700px|thumb|'''<center>Fig. 903.7.41'''</center>]]
-Conventional abbreviations (refer to Abbreviations Used on Traffic Control Devices) may be used except for the street name itself.
+Requests for a Street Name sign from individuals shall not be considered. The Street Names sign erected by others shall be a minimum of 7 ft. above the roadway surface and a minimum of 2 ft. beyond all shoulder points. All locations shall be field checked before installation approval is granted.
-A symbol or letter designation may be used on a Street Name sign to identify the governmental jurisdiction, area of jurisdiction or other government-approved institution.
+One-line Street Name (D3-1) signs shall be used when mounting onto either a signal mast arm or between the carrier and tether wires on span wire signals. This sign shall be 18 inches tall by variable length, not to exceed 8 feet.
-Street Name signs may be either the street name (surname) or route identification and may display block numbers or a logo to compliment the design of the signs used by the community a state route passes through.  Because there are size limitations for Street Name signs, these features will be omitted if the space is required for sign legend.
+Two-line Street Name (D3-1b) signs shall be mounted onto either a signal mast arm or between tether wires on span wire signals. This sign shall be 18 inches tall by variable length, not to exceed 8 feet.
-'''Standard.'''  If a symbol or letter designation is used, the height and width of the symbol or letter designation shall not exceed the letter height of the sign.
+D3-1 signs mounted on vertical signal posts shall be 12 inches tall by variable length, not to exceed 4 feet.
-'''Guidance.'''  The symbol or letter designation should be positioned to the left of the street name.
+If a Street Name sign is installed above a STOP sign, it shall be located with a vertical clearance between 1 inch and 4 inches measured from the bottom of the Street Name sign to the top of the STOP sign. The Street Name sign shall be mounted independently of the STOP sign and the installation shall not interfere with the maintenance of the STOP sign. Only one Street Name sign shall be allowed for a side street and shall be mounted above the STOP sign. MoDOT shall maintain the STOP sign and post. Maintenance of the Street Name sign shall be the responsibility of the local political subdivision. It is not MoDOT’s intention to upgrade existing STOP sign posts to allow the addition of a Street Name sign. Attachments to our existing STOP sign post shall be by bracket, flat stock, channel “U” posts, or other methods approved by MoDOT. The maximum width of a Street Name sign placed over a MoDOT STOP sign shall not exceed the width of the STOP sign.
-'''Standard.'''  The Street Name sign shall be retroreflective or illuminated to show the same shape and similar color both day and night.  The legend and background shall be of contrasting colors.
+When a Street Name sign, erected by others, is installed on a separate post, maintenance of the Street Name sign and post shall be the responsibility of the political subdivision.
-MoDOT shall not install Street Name signs at non-signalized intersections.  Requests for a Street Name sign from individuals shall not be considered.  The Street Names sign erected by others shall be a minimum of 7 ft. above the roadway surface and a minimum of 2 ft. beyond all shoulder points.  All locations shall be field checked before installation approval is granted.
+MoDOT shall not participate in the establishment, procurement or installation of any local route markers.
-Street Name (D-3 Series) signs shall be installed at signalized intersections, permanent or span wire except those signals at ramp terminals, fire stations, commercial entrances and schools, on conventional or expressway-type highways.
+MoDOT's route numbering system shall be considered when developing the local route numbering system in order to preclude the possibility of the route number of the local system intersecting the same number of the state system.
-The Street Name signs shall be mounted on a mast arm and span wire support pole or between the carrier and tether wires.
+The local route signing shall be limited to one installation per direction for an intersection.
-One-line Street Name (D-3a) signs shall be used when mounting onto either a signal mast arm or between the carrier and tether wires on span wire signals.  This sign shall be 16 in. high by variable length, not to exceed 8 ft.
+If D3-1 series signs are being used, then they shall be installed according to the Street Name signing for non-signalized intersections.
-Two-line Street Name (D-3b) signs shall be mounted onto either a signal mast arm or between tether wires on span wire signals.  This sign shall be 18 in. high by variable length, not to exceed 8 ft.
+All locations should be field checked before installation to ensure the sign causes no reduction in sight distance.
-D-3 signs shall be mounted on vertical signal posts.  These signs shall be 9 in. high by variable length, not to exceed 4 ft.  If a two-line type Street Name sign is needed on the vertical signal post, either permanent or span wire signal; two D-3 signs shall be used.
+'''Option.''' Any political subdivision may erect, furnish and maintain a Street Name sign of the same type as the D3-1 series on state right of way at non-signalized intersections.
+Conventional abbreviations (refer to [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/Category:900_TRAFFIC_CONTROL#900.1.15_Abbreviations_Used_on_Traffic_Control_Devices_.28MUTCD_Section_1A.15.29 Abbreviations Used on Traffic Control Devices]) may be used except for the street name itself.
-If a Street Name sign is installed above a STOP sign, it should be located with a vertical clearance between 1 and 4 in. measured from the bottom of the Street Name sign to the top of the STOP sign.  The Street Name sign shall be mounted independently of the STOP sign and the installation shall not interfere with the maintenance of the STOP sign.  Only one Street Name sign shall be allowed for a side street and shall be mounted above the STOP sign.  MoDOT shall maintain the STOP sign and post.  Maintenance of the Street Name sign shall be the responsibility of the local political subdivision.  It is not MoDOT’s intention to upgrade existing STOP sign posts to allow the addition of a Street Name sign.  Attachments to our existing STOP sign post shall be by bracket, flat stock, channel “U” posts or other methods approved by MoDOT.
+A symbol or letter designation may be used on a Street Name sign to identify the governmental jurisdiction, area of jurisdiction or other government-approved institution.
-When a Street Name sign, erected by others, is installed on a separate post, maintenance of the Street Name sign and post shall be the responsibility of the political subdivision.
+Street Name signs may be either the street name (surname) or route identification and may display block numbers or a logo to compliment the design of the signs used by the community a state route passes through. Because there are size limitations for Street Name signs, these features will be omitted if the space is required for sign legend.
-MoDOT shall not participate in the establishment, procurement or installation of any local route markers.
+'''Standard.''' If a symbol or letter designation is used, the height and width of the symbol or letter designation shall not exceed the letter height of the sign, see Table 903.7.41.
-MoDOT's route numbering system shall be considered when developing the local route numbering system in order to preclude the possibility of the route number of the local system intersecting the same number of the state system.
+===<center>Table 903.7.41 Recommended Minimum Letter Heights on Street Name Signs===
+<center>
+{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"
+|+
+! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|Type of Mounting!! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|Type of Street or Highway !! style="background:#BEBEBE" rowspan="2"|Speed Limit!! style="background:#BEBEBE" colspan="2"|Recommended Minimum Letter Height
+|-
+! style="background:#BEBEBE"|Initial Upper-Case (in.)!!style="background:#BEBEBE"|Lower-Case (in.)
+|-
+|Overhead||	All types||	All speed limits||	12 ||	9
+|-
+|Post-mounted||	Multi-lane||	More than 40 mph||	8 ||	6
+|-
+|Post-mounted||	Multi-lane||	40 mph or less||	6 ||	4.5
+|-
+|Post-mounted||	2-lane	||All speed limits	||6'''*'''	||4.5'''*'''
+|-
+|colspan="5"|'''*''' On local two-lane streets with speed limits of 25 mph or less, 4 in. initial upper-case letters with 3 in. lower-case letters may be used.
+|}
+</center>
+'''Guidance.''' The symbol or letter designation should be positioned to the left of the street name.
-The local route signing shall be limited to one installation per direction for an intersection.
+'''Standard.''' Alternative background colors shall not be used for Advance Street Name (D3-2) signs.
-If D-3 type signs are being used, then they shall be installed according to the Street Name signing for non-signalized intersections.
+MoDOT’s standard street name color is white legend on a green background.  If a local jurisdiction requests an alternate color for the street name signs in their jurisdiction, the only acceptable alternative background colors for Street Name (D3-1 or D3-1b) signs shall be blue, brown, or white. Regardless of whether green, blue, or brown is used as the background color for Street Name signs, the legend and border shall be white. For Street Name signs that use a white background, the legend and border shall be black. The local subdivision shall provide the entire route with the same colors.
-All locations should be field checked before installation to ensure the sign causes no reduction in sight distance.
+If an alternative background color is requested by a local jurisdiction, that jurisdiction will be responsible for the cost of upgrading the street name signs to the new color if the MoDOT signs are replaced prematurely.
-'''Guidance.'''  Encourage the local subdivision to use route markers like either our Street Name, D-3 sign or a local route shield similar to that shown in the MUTCD as sign number M1-5.
+'''Guidance.''' Encourage the local subdivision to use route markers like either our Street Name, D3-1 sign or a local route shield similar to that shown in the [https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ ''MUTCD''] as sign number M1-5.
-Street Name signs should have a white legend on a green background.  A border, if used, should be the same color as the legend.
+Street Name signs should have a white legend on a green background. A border should be the same color as the legend.
-In business districts and on principal arterials, Street Name signs should be placed at least on diagonally opposite corners.   In residential areas, at least one Street Name sign should be mounted at each intersection.  Signs naming both streets should be installed at each intersection and should be mounted with their faces parallel to the streets they name.
+In business districts and on principal arterials, Street Name signs should be placed at least on diagonally opposite corners. In residential areas, at least one Street Name sign should be mounted at each intersection. Signs naming both streets should be installed at each intersection and should be mounted with their faces parallel to the streets they name.
 On two-line type Street Name signs arrows should be used to indicate which side of the street the name applies.
-The width of a Street Name sign mounted above a STOP sign is not to be greater than the width of the STOP sign it is mounted over.  Route marking shield signs are not to be installed above our STOP sign.
+The width of a Street Name sign mounted above a STOP sign is not to be greater than the width of the STOP sign it is mounted over. Route marking shield signs are not to be installed above our STOP sign.
-The Street Name sign should be mounted with its face parallel to the street it is naming.  If the Stop sign has ONE WAY signs mounted above it, such as on expressways, the Street Name sign should be installed on a separate post.
+The Street Name sign should be mounted with its face parallel to the street it is naming. If the Stop sign has ONE WAY signs mounted above it, such as on expressways, the Street Name sign should be installed on a separate post.
-When a Street Name sign, erected by others, is installed on a separate post, the sign should be located near the STOP sign and not block the face of the STOP sign.  If the Street Name sign is being installed at a location where there is no STOP sign, it should be located on the far right-hand side of the intersection for traffic on the major street.  Any Street Name sign should be mounted with its face parallel to the street it is naming
+When a Street Name sign, erected by others, is installed on a separate post, the sign should be located near the STOP sign and not block the face of the STOP sign. If the Street Name sign is being installed at a location where there is no STOP sign, it should be located on the far right-hand side of the intersection for traffic on the major street. Any Street Name sign should be mounted with its face parallel to the street it is naming.
+In areas where we have narrow right of way, consideration should be given to placing the Street
+Name sign at the right of way if sight distance permits.
-In areas where we have narrow right of way, consideration should be given to placing the Street Name sign at the right of way if sight distance permits.
+'''Option.''' To optimize visibility, Street Name signs may be mounted overhead. Street Name signs may also be placed above a regulatory or STOP or YIELD sign.
-'''Option.'''  To optimize visibility, Street Name signs may be mounted overhead.  Street Name signs may also be placed above a regulatory or STOP or YIELD sign.
+At intersection crossroads where the same road has two different street names for each direction of travel, both street names may be shown on the same sign along with directional arrows.
-At intersection crossroads where the same road has two different street names for each direction of travel, both street names may be shown on the same sign along with directional arrows.
+If local route shield type signs are being used, the signs may be installed in one of the following ways: at the right of way line facing either parallel or perpendicular to the highway; at the intersection near, but not to block, the stop sign; or in advance of the intersection with the appropriate horizontal arrow of the same width as the shield.
-If local route shield type signs are being used, the signs may be installed in one of the following ways: at the right of way line facing either parallel or perpendicular to the highway, at the intersection near, but not to block, the stop sign; or in advance of the intersection with the appropriate horizontal arrow of the same width as the shield.
+'''Support.''' Information regarding the use of street names on supplemental plaques for use with intersection-related warning signs is contained in [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.43 Use of Supplemental Warning Plaques (MUTCD Section 2C.53)|EPG 903.6.43]].
-'''Guidance.'''  In urban or suburban areas, especially where Advance Street Name signs are not used, the use of overhead-mounted Street Name signs should be considered.  If overhead Street Name signs are used, the lettering should be at least 12 in. tall capital letters, or 12 in. upper-case letters with 9 in. lower-case letters.
-'''Support.'''  Information regarding the use of street names on supplemental plaques for use with intersection-related warning signs is contained in [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.46 Use of Supplemental Plaques (MUTCD Section 2C.43)|903.6.46]].
 In those cases where the local jurisdiction has not designated a street name to the state route, it is acceptable to use the route number or letter on the Street Name signs.
-==='''903.7.39 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.39)===
+==903.7.42 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.44)==
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+[[image:D3-2.jpg|center|thumb|<center>'''D3-2'''</center>|175px]]
-|-
-|[[image:D3-2.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''D3-2'''</center>|175px]]
-||[[image:D3-2b.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''D3-2b'''</center>|175px]]
-|-
-|[[image:D3-2a.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''D3-2a'''</center>|175px]]
-||[[image:D3-2c.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''D3-2c'''</center>|175px]]
-|-
-|'''Advance Street Name Sign, Signalized Intersection'''||'''Advance Street Name Sign, Non-Signalized Intersection'''
-|}
 '''Support.'''  Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs identify an upcoming intersection.  Although this is often the next intersection, it could also be several intersections away in cases where the next signalized intersection is referenced.
-'''Standard.'''  Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs, if used, shall supplement rather than be used instead of the Street Name (D-3, D-3a, D-3b) signs at the intersection.
+'''Standard.'''  Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs, if used, shall supplement rather than be used instead of the Street Name (D3-1 series) signs at the intersection.
 '''Option.'''  Advance Street Name (D3-2 Series) signs may be installed in advance of unsignalized intersections within a corridor of signalized intersections, which have Advance Street Name signs.  The purpose should provide road users with advance information to identify the name(s) of the next intersecting street to prepare for crossing traffic and to facilitate timely deceleration and/or lane changing in preparation for a turn.
@@ Line 999: / Line 847: @@
 In urban areas, Advance Street Name signs should be used in advance of all signalized intersections on divided highways, major arterial streets or other routes as determined by the district except where signalized intersections are so closely spaced that advance placement of the signs is impractical.
-The heights of the letters on Advance Street Name signs should be the same as those used for Street Name signs.  Refer to 903.7.35 for more information.
 If there is concern that the action message for Advance Street Name signs for unsignalized intersections could be misleading due to other entrances in the area or the sight distance to the intersection is limited, then the action message should be the distance shown to the nearest 100 ft.
@@ Line 1,014: / Line 860: @@
 The installation of an Advance Street Name sign for an unsignalized intersection shall be a supplement to any Street Name signing provided by others.
-'''Option.'''  Directional arrow(s) may be placed to the right or left of the street name or message such as NEXT SIGNAL, as appropriate, rather than on the bottom line of the legend.
+Pictographs shall not be displayed on Advance Street Name signs.
-For intersecting crossroads where the same road has a different street name for each direction of travel, the different street names may be shown on the same Advance Street Name sign along with directional arrows.
-In advance of two closely spaced intersections where it is not practical to install separate Advance Street Name signs, the Advance Street Name sign may include the street names for both intersections along with appropriate supplemental legends for both street names, such as NEXT INTERSECTION, 2ND INTERSECTION, or NEXT LEFT and NEXT RIGHT, or advance directional arrows.
-An Advance Street Name (W16-8) plaque with black legend on a yellow background, installed supplemental to an Intersection (W2) or Advance Traffic Control (W3) series warning sign may be used instead of an Advance Street Name guide sign (see [[903.6 Warning Signs#903.6.47 Design of Supplemental Plaques (MUTCD Section 2C.44)|903.6.47]]).
-==='''903.7.40 Lake Road Signs (M1-15)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.39a)===
-[[image:M1-15.gif|thumb|150px|center|<center>'''M1-15'''</center>]]
+'''Option.'''  Directional arrow(s) may be placed to the right or left of the street name or message such as NEXT SIGNAL, as appropriate, rather than on the bottom line of the legend. Curved-stem arrows may be used on Advance Street Name signs on approaches to circular intersections.
-'''Standard.'''  Only those lakes with a minimum surface area of 7,000 acres shall be considered for directional signing.  Directional guide signs shall be provided wherever the principal access highways serving the lake areas intersect with the National Highway System.
+For intersecting crossroads where the same road has a different street name for each direction of travel, the different street names may be displayed on the same Advance Street Name sign along with directional arrows.
-The Lake Road sign shall be erected in those areas authorized for a Lake Road System.  The top line shall read “LAKE RD”.  The bottom line shall show the lake road number.  The number of the road (160-1, 180-1, or M-1, M-2) shall be allocated under the following rules:
+In advance of two closely spaced intersections where it is not practical to install separate Advance Street Name signs, the Advance Street Name sign may include the street names for both intersections along with appropriate supplemental legends for both street names, such as NEXT INTERSECTION, 2ND INTERSECTION, NEXT LEFT and NEXT RIGHT, or directional arrows.
-:A.  With the exception of “BU” for Business Route, no route prefix shall be used;
+'''Guidance.''' If two street names are used on the Advance Street Name sign, the street names should be displayed in the following order:
-:B.  The lake road number shall show the intersecting route name first (on left) and the lake road number thereafter.  Normally, the lake road numbers will begin on the north and increase numerically toward the south for north-south routes and begin on the east and increase numerically toward the west for east-west routes.  In the case of short routes, the numbering will begin at the intersection or beginning of the route with another state route and increase numerically toward the end terminal of the route;
+A. For a single intersection where the same road has a different street name for each direction of travel, the name of the street to the left should be displayed above the name of the street to the right; or
-:C.  To qualify for a Lake Road sign, the road shall lead to a lake or have reasonably close access to the lake.  It must serve one or more commercial establishments and/or four or more private lodges or dwellings;
+B. For two closely-spaced intersections, the name of the first street encountered should be displayed above the name of the second street encountered, and the arrow associated with the second street encountered should be an advance arrow, such as the arrow shown on the W16-6P arrow plaque.
-:D.  After the lake road signing is in place and if the lake road is given a permanent name or made a permanent part of the state highway system, it will lose its lake road designation and the Lake Road sign shall be removed;
+'''Option.''' An Advance Street Name (W16-8P or W16-8aP) plaque with black legend on a fluorescent yellow background, installed supplemental to an Intersection (W2 series) or Advance Traffic Control (W3 series) warning sign may be used instead of an Advance Street Name guide sign only if the advance warning sign is justified.
-:E.  If a new U.S., state, or supplementary highway is constructed between the lake proper and the old highway, all intersecting lake roads shall be signed from their intersection with the new highway and Lake Road signs shall be removed from the old highway; and
+==903.7.43 Signing on Conventional Roads on Approaches to Interchanges ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.45)==
-:F.  Lake Road signs shall be erected only on Missouri Department of Transportation right of way.
+'''Support.''' Because there are a number of different ramp configurations that are commonly used at interchanges with conventional roads, drivers on the conventional road cannot reliably predict whether they will be required to turn left or right in order to enter the correct ramp to access the freeway or expressway in the desired direction of travel. Consistently applied signing for conventional road approaches to freeway or expressway interchanges is highly desirable.
-The Lake Road sign shall be erected, if possible, with two signs back-to-back on the same post and located so it is visible to traffic from both directions.
+'''Standard.''' On multi-lane conventional roads approaching an interchange, guide signs shall be provided to identify which direction of turn is to be made and/or which specific lane to use for ramp access to each direction of the freeway or expressway.
-'''Guidance.'''  To qualify for a Lake Road sign, the road’s condition should be reasonably serviceable to the traveling public.
+'''Guidance.''' The signing of conventional roads with one lane of traffic approaching an interchange should consist of a sequence containing the following signs (see Fig. 903.7.43.1):
-If the lake road is named, the district should work with the local government to facilitate the change from the lake road number to the new name.  A transition program should be created and the change should have community and 911 service support.
+:A. Junction Assembly
-==='''903.7.41 MoDOT Maintenance Signs (M12-1, M12-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.39b)===
+:B. Destination sign
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+:C. Directional Assembly or Entrance Direction sign for the first ramp
-|-
-|[[image:M12-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M12-1'''</center>|135px]]
-||[[image:M12-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M12-2'''</center>|135px]]
-|}
+:D. Advance Route Turn Assembly or Advance Entrance Direction sign with an advance turn arrow
-'''Standard.'''  The MoDOT MAINTENANCE ENDS (M12-2) sign shall be erected at the end of MoDOT maintenance on all marked highways except at a state line.
+:E. Directional Assembly or Entrance Direction sign for the second ramp
-The MoDOT MAINTENANCE BEGINS (M12-1) sign shall face traffic approaching MoDOT maintained roadway while the MoDOT MAINTENANCE ENDS sign will be located on the opposite side of the road facing traffic leaving MoDOT maintained roadway.
+[[image:903.7.43.1.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.43.1, Example of Interchange Crossroad Signing for a One-Lane Approach'''</center>]]
-'''Option.'''  The MoDOT MAINTENANCE BEGINS sign may be erected at the beginning of MoDOT maintenance on all marked highways except at a State Line.
+'''Standard.''' If used, the Entrance Direction sign shall consist of a white legend and border on a green background. It shall contain the freeway or expressway route shield(s), cardinal direction, and directional arrow(s).
-Parallel outer roadways and/or service roads may be marked with these signs when our roadways connect to other public roads.
+'''Option.''' The Entrance Direction sign may contain a destination(s) and/or an action message such as NEXT RIGHT. The following sequence of signs may be used (see Fig. 903.7.43.2):
-'''Guidance.'''  The MoDOT MAINTENANCE BEGINS and MoDOT MAINTENANCE ENDS signs are not to be placed to mark the maintenance responsibilities for crossroads, such as within interchange limits unless there is a specific problem.
+:A. Junction Assembly
-==='''903.7.42 Parking Area Signs (D4-1 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.40)===
+:B. Directional Assembly for the first ramp
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+:C. Directional Assembly of the second ramp
-|-
-|[[image:D4-1a.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1A'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:D4-1L.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1L'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:D4-1R.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1R'''</center>|80px]]||
-|[[image:D4-1L45.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1L45'''</center>|80px]]
-|-
-|[[image:D4-1R45.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1R45'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:D4-1b.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1b'''</center>|110px]]||[[image:D4-1c.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1c'''</center>|110px]]
-|}
+[[image:903.7.43.2.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.43.2, Example of Interchange Crossroad Signing'''</center>]]
-'''Option.'''  The Parking Area (D4-1A, D4-1L, D4-1R, D4-1L45, D4-1R45) signs may be used to show the direction to a nearby public parking area.  The sign is also used in all MoDOT commuter parking lots.
+'''Guidance.''' On multi-lane conventional roads approaching an interchange, the sign sequence should contain the following signs (see Figs. 903.7.43.3 through 903.7.43.5):
-'''Standard.'''   The area shall be owned or operated by a public agency in order to be signed.
+:A. Junction Assembly
-The COMMUTER (D4-1b) plaque shall be mounted above the Parking Area sign at commuter parking lots.  If used, the sign shall be a horizontal rectangle.  The legend and border shall be green on a retroreflectorized white background.
+:B. Advance Entrance Direction sign(s) for both directions, if applicable, of travel on the freeway or expressway
-Two Commuter Parking MoDOT (D4-1c) signs shall be utilized in each commuter parking area mounted back-to-back.  One sign shall face the Interstate and the other will face the parking lot such that the maximum number of motorists on either side of the assembly can read the legend.
+:C. Entrance Direction sign for first ramp
-In addition, Commuter Parking Lot Restriction signs shall be erected at or near each entrance to the commuter parking lot.
+:D. Advance Turn Assembly
-'''Guidance.'''  If used, the Parking Area sign should be installed as 1st order signing to the parking facility and where it can advise drivers of a place to park.  The sign is not to be used more than a reasonable distance from the parking area.
+:E. Entrance Direction sign for the second ramp
-'''Support.'''  A reasonable distance is typically four blocks from the parking area.
+'''Support.''' Advance Entrance Direction signs are used to direct road users to the appropriate lane(s).
-==='''903.7.43 PARK & RIDE Sign (D4-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.41)===
+'''Standard.''' The Advance Entrance Direction sign shall consist of a white legend and border on a green background. It shall contain the freeway or expressway route shield(s) and cardinal direction(s).
-[[image:D4-2.gif|center|thumb|115px|<center>'''D4-2'''</center>]]
+'''Option.''' The Advance Entrance Direction sign may have destinations, directional arrows, and/or an action message such as KEEP LEFT, NEXT LEFT or SECOND RIGHT. Signs in this sequence may be mounted overhead to improve visibility as shown in Figs. 903.7.43.3 through 903.7.43.5.
-'''Option.'''  PARK & RIDE (D4-2) signs may be used to direct road users to park and ride facilities.
+[[image:903.7.43.3.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.43.3, Example of Multi-Lane Crossroad Signing for a Diamond Interchange'''</center>]]
-The PARK & RIDE signs may be used in lieu of the Parking sign when a public transit stop is located within the commuter parking lot.
+[[image:903.7.43.4.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.43.4, Example of Multi-Lane Crossroad Signing for a Partial Cloverleaf Interchange'''</center>]]
-'''Standard.'''  The signs shall contain the word message PARK & RIDE and direction information (arrow or word message).
+[[image:903.7.43.5.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.43.5, Example of Multi-Lane Crossroad Signing for a Cloverleaf Interchange'''</center>]]
-'''Option.'''  PARK & RIDE signs may contain the local transit logo and/or carpool symbol within the sign border.
+'''Support.''' A post-mounted Advance Entrance Direction diagrammatic guide sign (see Fig. 903.7.43.6), within the sequence of approach guide signing, might be helpful in depicting the location of a freeway or expressway entrance ramp that is in close proximity to an intervening intersection on the same side of the approach roadway and where signing for only the ramp might cause confusion to road users.
-'''Standard.'''  If used, the local transit logo and/or carpool symbol shall be located in the top part of the sign above the message PARK & RIDE.
+[[image:903.7.43.6.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.43.6, Example of Crossroad Signing for an Entrance Ramp with a Nearby Frontage Road'''</center>]]
-'''Guidance.'''  If the function of the parking facility should provide parking for persons using public transportation, the local transit logo symbol should be used on the guide sign.  If the function of the parking facility should serve carpool riders, the carpool symbol should be used on the guide sign.  If the parking facility serves both functions, both the logo and carpool symbol should be used.  If used, the public transit logo should be of the same design as the local transit authority, however, the local transit authority name should not be a part of this sign.
+'''Standard.''' If used, the post-mounted Advance Entrance Direction diagrammatic guide sign displays only the two successive turns from the same side of the roadway, one of which shall be the entrance ramp. The post-mounted Advance Entrance Direction sign shall depict only the successive turns and shall not depict lane use with lane lines, multiple arrow shafts for the approach roadway, action messages, or other representations.
-The existing COMMUTER (D4-1b) plaque should be mounted below this sign.
+==903.7.44 Lake Road Signs (M1-15)==
-'''Standard.'''  These signs shall have a retroreflective white legend and border on a rectangular green background.  The carpool symbol shall be as shown for sign D4-2.  The color of the transit logo shall be selected by the local transit authority.
+'''Standard.'''  Lake Road signs have been discontinued. MoDOT shall no longer provide Lake Road signs. Existing Lake Road signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.
-'''Option.'''  To increase the target value and contrast of the transit logo, and to allow the local transit logo to retain its distinctive color and shape, the logo may be included within a white border or placed on a white background.
+'''Guidance.''' The districts should give advanced notice to the local jurisdictions making them aware that MoDOT will no longer be providing Lake Road signs so that the local jurisdiction can fabricate and install street signs in accordance with [https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] standards.
-==='''903.7.44 REST AREA Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.42)===
+==903.7.45 MoDOT Maintenance Signs (M19-1, M19-2)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D5-15.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-15'''</center>|110px]]
+|[[image:M12-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M19-2'''</center>|135px]]
-||[[image:D5-1b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-1b'''</center>|110px]]
-||[[image:D5-2a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-2a'''</center>|110px]]
-|-
-|[[image:D5-2b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-2b'''</center>|110px]]
-||[[image:D5-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-1'''</center>|110px]]
-||[[image:D5-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-6'''</center>|110px]]
-|-
-|[[image:D5-6a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-6a'''</center>|110px]]||[[image:E5-2b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''EO5-2a'''</center>|110px]]
 |}
+'''Standard.''' The MAINTENANCE ENDS (M19-2) sign shall be erected at the end of MoDOT maintenance on all marked highways except at a state line.
-'''Standard.'''  Rest Area signs shall be used only where parking and restroom facilities are available.  Signs for this purpose shall have retroreflective white letters, symbols, and border on a blue background.
+The MAINTENANCE BEGINS (M19-1) sign has been discontinued for normal use. MoDOT shall no longer provide MAINTENANCE BEGINS signs. Existing MAINTENANCE BEGINS signs shall be left in place until they reach the end of their service life.
-Messages such as REST AREA X MILE (D5-1) and REST AREA NEXT RIGHT (D5-1b) shall be used for advance notification of rest areas.  In addition, the REST AREA GORE EXIT (D5-2b) sign shall be used at all rest areas.
-The Advance Rest Area Exit (D5-2a) sign shall be used on interstates at exits to rest areas.
-The Rest Area Gore Exit sign is for use in the gores on interstates at all exits to rest areas.
-The NEXT REST AREA XX MILES (D5-6) sign shall be used to indicate the mileage to the next rest area on the same route within the State.  The sign shall be installed beneath the sign for a rest area.
-The LAST REST AREA IN MISSOURI (D5-6a) sign shall be used to advise that a rest area is the last one in Missouri on that route.  The sign shall be installed beneath the REST AREA XX MILES (D5-1) sign for a rest area.
-When closing of a rest area is required, a sign shall be provided which will provide advance notice that the next rest area is closed.
-'''Guidance.'''  If used, Rest Area signs should be installed in advance of roadside parks or rest areas to permit the driver to reduce speed and leave the highway reasonably safely.
-The NEXT REST AREA XX MILES sign or the LAST REST AREA IN MISSOURI sign are not to be installed on a three digit interstate route.
-'''Option.'''  The REST AREA HOURS (D5-15) sign may be used to inform motorists of rest area operating hours.
-An EXIT CLOSED (EO5-2a) sign may be used as a supplemental sign for the NEXT REST AREA XX MILES and the LAST REST AREA IN MISSOURI signs.
-The EXIT CLOSED sign may be bolted to the face of the NEXT REST AREA XX MILES and LAST REST AREA IN MISSOURI sign with the top of the sign located just below the second line of copy.
-'''Support.'''  Coordination between the districts will be essential to this signing to ensure the adjacent district is aware of the fact that the next rest area is closed.
+'''Option.'''  When state maintenance begins and ends at multiple locations along a route’s length as it enters and exits various municipalities, a MAINTENANCE BEGINS (M19-1) sign may be used to mark the boundaries of MoDOT maintenance responsibilities.
-==='''903.7.45 Advance Information Signs for Roadside Features''' (MUTCD Section 2D.42a)===
+'''Guidance.''' The MAINTENANCE ENDS signs are not to be placed to mark the maintenance responsibilities for crossroads, such as within interchange limits unless there is a specific problem.
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+==903.7.46 Parking Area Guide Sign (D4-1) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.47)==
-|-
-|[[image:D5-5e.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5e'''</center>|95px]]
-||[[image:D5-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5'''</center>|95px]]
-||[[image:D5-5d.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5d'''</center>|95px]]||[[image:D5-5b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5b'''</center>|95px]]
-|}
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D5-5i.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5i'''</center>|95px]]
+|[[image:D4-1R45.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:D5-5h.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5h'''</center>|95px]]
+||[[image:D4-1b.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1P'''</center>|110px]]||[[image:D4-1c.gif|thumb|<center>'''D4-1a'''</center>|110px]]
-||[[image:D5-5k.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D5-5k'''</center>|95px]]
 |}
-'''Standard.'''  The appropriate advance information signs shall be erected in advance of state maintained roadside parks, historic marker, scenic view or roadside table.  Any combination of these facilities shall be signed only for the facility appearing first in that order.
+'''Option.''' The Parking Area (D4-1) guide sign may be used to show the direction to a nearby public parking area or parking facility. The sign may also be used in all MoDOT commuter parking lots.
+'''Standard.''' The area shall be owned or operated by a public agency in order to be signed.
+If used, the Parking Area guide sign shall be a horizontal rectangle. The legend and border shall be green on a retroreflectorized white background.
-The ROADSIDE TABLE ½ MILE (D5-5e) sign shall be erected one half mile in advance of a state maintained roadside table.
+The COMMUTER (D4-1P) plaque shall be mounted above the Parking Area sign at commuter parking lots. If used, the sign shall be a horizontal rectangle. The legend and border shall be green on a retroreflectorized white background.
-The ROADSIDE TABLE (D5-5) sign shall be erected facing traffic with the arrow pointing in the direction of the roadside table only when the table is no clearly visible from the road and shall not be used at a roadside park.
+COMMUTER PARKING (D4-1a) signs shall be utilized in each commuter parking area mounted back-to-back. One sign shall face the Interstate and the other will face the parking lot such that the maximum number of motorists on either side of the assembly can read the legend.
-The ROADSIDE PARK X MILE (D5-5d) sign shall be used to provide advance notice of a roadside park adjacent to the highway.
+In addition, Commuter Parking Lot Restriction signs shall be erected at or near each entrance to the commuter parking lot.
-The Named Roadside Park (D5-5h) sign shall be erected at all state maintained roadside parks with an official name.
+'''Guidance.''' If used, the Parking Area (D4-1) guide sign should be installed as 1<sup>st</sup> order signing to the parking facility and where it can advise drivers of a place to park. The sign should not to be used more than four blocks from the parking area.
-The Roadside Park (D5-5b) sign shall be used to direct motorists to a roadside park where the park is adjacent to the highway and the entrance is not on the highway, but on an outer roadway or access road adjacent to the highway.
+==903.7.47 PARK - RIDE Sign (D4-2) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.48)==
-The HISTORIC MARKER ½ MILE (D5-5i) sign shall be used in a similar manner to the ROADSIDE PARK ½ MILE sign except this is used for advance warning of a state maintained historic marker.
+[[image:D4-2.gif|center|thumb|115px|<center>'''D4-2'''</center>]]
-'''Guidance.'''  The ROADSIDE TABLE ½ MILE sign should not be erected inside an incorporated area.
-The ROADSIDE TABLE sign should be erected for each direction of travel and is not to be erected inside an incorporated area.
-The ROADSIDE PARK 5 MILES (D5-5d) sign should not be erected inside an incorporated area.
-The Named Roadside Park sign should be erected inside the limits of the park.
-'''Option.'''  If a table is provided at a historic marker or scenic view, the Table sign may be mounted below the Historic Marker or Scenic View sign.
-The ROADSIDE PARK 5 MILES (D5-5d) sign may be erected 5 miles in advance of a state-maintained roadside park.
-In the case where an incorporated area is within the 5-mile limit, the sign may be located at a lesser distance showing the correct mileage.
-The TABLE (D5-5k) plaque may be used only in combination with a HISTORIC MARKER ½ MILE or SCENIC VIEW ½ MILE 9 (D6-1a) sign when a table is located at these sites.
-==='''903.7.46 Scenic Area Signs (D6-2 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.43)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
-|-
-|[[image:D6-1a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-1a'''</center>|125px]]
-||[[image:D6-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-1'''</center>|125px]]
-|}
-'''Standard.'''  The SCENIC VIEW ½ MILE (D6-1a) sign shall be erected at a state maintained location in similar fashion to the ROADSIDE PARK ½ MILE sign.
+'''Option.''' PARK - RIDE (D4-2) signs may be used to direct road users to park - ride facilities.
-'''Option.'''  The Scenic View (D6-1) sign may be installed at state maintained locations in similar fashion to the Roadside Park sign.
+The PARK - RIDE signs may be used in lieu of the Parking sign when a public transit stop is located within the commuter parking lot.
-'''Guidance.'''  The design of the signs should be consistent with that specified for rest areas in [[903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs#903.7.44 REST AREA Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)|903.7.44]] and should be white letters, symbols and border on a blue background.  An advance sign and an additional sign at the turnoff point should be used for this kind of attraction.
+'''Standard.''' The signs shall contain the word message PARK - RIDE and direction information (arrow or word message).
-==='''903.7.47 Airport Sign (I-5a series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.43a)===
+'''Option.''' PARK - RIDE signs may contain the local transit pictograph and/or carpool symbol on the sign.
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+'''Standard.''' If used, the local transit pictograph and/or carpool symbol shall be located in the top part of the sign above the message PARK - RIDE. In no case shall the vertical dimension of the local transit pictograph and/or carpool symbol exceed 18 inches.
-|-
-|[[image:I-5aL.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-5aL'''</center>|125px]]
-||[[image:I-5a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-5a'''</center>|125px]]
-||[[image:I-5aR.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-5aR'''</center>|125px]]
-|}
-'''Support.'''  The I-5a airport signs are intended for small public airfields or airports.  Generally, 1st order signing will be provided for airports or flying fields that do not offer commercial flights and up to 3rd order for small airports that provide some commercial service.
+'''Guidance.''' If the function of the parking facility is to provide parking for persons using public transportation, the local transit pictograph should be used on the guide sign. If the function of the parking facility is to serve carpool riders, the carpool symbol should be used on the guide sign. If the parking facility serves both functions, both the pictograph and carpool symbol should be used. If used, the public transit pictograph should be of the same design as the local transit authority, however, the local transit authority name should not be a part of this sign.
-'''Option.'''  The Airport (I-5a) signs may be mounted back-to-back on the same post(s) or erected separately.
+The existing COMMUTER (D4-1P) plaque should be mounted below this sign.
-'''Standard.'''  The Airport sign shall not be used for privately owned airports or flying fields.
+'''Standard.''' These signs shall have a retroreflective white legend and border on a rectangular green background. The carpool symbol shall be as shown for the D4-2 sign. The color of the local transit pictograph shall be selected by the local transit authority.
-'''Guidance.'''  Interchange signing with structural signs should be considered only for public airports with regularly scheduled commercial passenger service.
+'''Option.''' To increase the target value and contrast of the local transit pictograph, and to allow the local transit pictograph to retain its distinctive color and shape, the pictograph may be included within a white border or placed on a white background.
-==='''903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.44)===
+==903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.49)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
@@ Line 1,245: / Line 1,011: @@
 |-
 |[[image:F3-1.gif|thumb|<center>'''F3-1'''</center>|150px]]
-||[[image:R13-3.gif|thumb|<center>'''R13-3'''</center>|150px]]
+||[[image:R13-3.gif|thumb|<center>'''R13-12'''</center>|150px]]
 |}
-'''Support.'''  The general concept for Weigh Station signing is similar to Rest Area signing (see 903.7.41) because in both cases traffic using either area remains within the right of way.
+'''Support.'''  The general concept for Weigh Station signing is similar to Rest Area signing  because in both cases traffic using either area remains within the right of way.
 '''Standard.'''  Traffic control signs in weigh stations shall be maintained by MoDOT.  The standard installation for Weigh Station signing shall include three basic signs:
-A.	Advance sign (D8-1);
+:A.	Advance sign (D8-1);
+:B.	Exit Direction sign (D8-2a); and
-B.	Exit Direction sign (D8-2a); and
+:C.	Exit Gore sign (D8-3).
-C.	Gore sign (D8-3).
+See [https://www.modot.org/media/16922 Standard Plan 903.04] for further information.
-See [http://www.modot.mo.gov/business/standards_and_specs/documents/90304.pdf Standard Plan 903.04] for further information.
+The OFFICIAL WEIGH STATION (F3-1) sign shall be used to identify all official weigh stations.  If the weigh station uses a prepass system a PREPASS SITE ALL TRUCKS RIGHT LANE sign shall be used.
-The Official Weigh Station (F3-1) sign shall be used to identify all official weigh stations.  If the weigh station uses a prepass system a PREPASS SITE ALL TRUCKS RIGHT LANE sign shall be used.
+'''Option.'''  If the weigh station uses a preclearance system an advanced preclearance sign may be installed by the vendor of the system based on their contract.
-'''Support.'''  Example locations of these signs are shown in Figure 903.7.49.
+'''Support.'''  Example locations of these signs are shown in Figure 903.7.48.
-'''Guidance.'''  The Exit Direction sign (D8-2a) or the Advance sign (D8-1) should display, either within the sign border or on a supplemental panel, the changeable message OPEN or CLOSED.
+'''Guidance.'''  The Exit Direction sign (D8-2a) or the Advance sign (D8-1) should display, either within the sign border or on a supplemental plaque of sign panel, the changeable message OPEN or CLOSED.
 The Official Weigh Station sign should be erected over the platform scales so that the lower edge of the sign will be 16 ft. above the platform.
-'''Option.'''  The Official Weigh Station sign may also be ground mounted.
+'''Option.'''  The Official Weigh Station sign may also be post-mounted.
-==='''903.7.49 General Service Signs (D9 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.45)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+[[image:903.7.48.jpg|center|550px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.48, Example of Weigh Station Signing'''</center>]]
-|-
-|[[image:D9-3.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-3'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:D9-3a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-3a'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:D9-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-6'''</center>|115px]]||[[image:D9-7.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-7'''</center>|115px]]
-|}
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+==903.7.49 Community Wayfinding Signs ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.50)==
+{|style="padding: 0.3em; margin-left:7px; border:2px solid #a9a9a9; text-align:center; font-size: 95%; background:#f5f5f5" width="400px" align="right"
 |-
-|[[image:D9-7a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-7a'''</center>|115px]]
+|'''Useful Information for Local Agencies'''
-||[[image:D9-20 & D9-20a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-20 & D9-20a'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:D9-7b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-7b'''</center>|115px]]
-|}
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D9-8.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-8'''</center>|115px]]
+|[[media:903.7.49 Key Wayfinding.pdf|'''Key Wayfinding Requirements''']]
-||[[image:D9-9.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-9'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:D9-10.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-10'''</center>|115px]]||[[image:D9-12.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-12'''</center>|115px]]
-|}
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D9-17.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-17'''</center>|115px]]
+|Includes information about sign posts, the number and placement of wayfinding destinations, the use of arrows, colors, legends, fabrication and retroreflectivity.
-||[[image:D12-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D12-2'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:D12-12b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D12-12b'''</center>|115px]]
 |}
+'''Support.''' Community wayfinding guide signs are part of a coordinated and continuous system of signs that direct tourists and other road users to key civic, cultural, visitor, and recreational attractions and other destinations within a city or a local urbanized or downtown area.
-'''Standard.'''  The use of general service signs shall only be provided in areas where the public would not expect to find required services or where there may be some doubt as to their availability.
+Community wayfinding guide signs are a type of destination guide sign for conventional roads with a common color and/or identification enhancement marker for destinations within an overall wayfinding guide sign plan for an area.
-Only the symbolic references to gas, food, lodging, camping, etc. (D9 series), shall be used.  If the qualifying services are no longer present then the service signs shall be removed.
-When new services become available or are changed, the department upon request shall change the signs to conform to the MoDOT general service sign policy.  When a service is no longer available the appropriate service sign shall be removed.
-All General Service signs and supplemental panels shall have white symbols, and borders on a blue background.
-'''Guidance.'''  General service signs may be used at interchanges.  Such service signs may be provided at all interchanges, regardless of whether it is divided or a two-lane, two-way roadway.  Gas, food and lodging signs are not to be used were services are readily apparent.  Service signs may be used at an interchange regardless of the presence of logo signing.
-General Service signs should be installed at a suitable distance in advance of the turn-off point or intersecting highway.
+Fig. 903.7.49.1 illustrates various examples of the design and application of community wayfinding guide signs.
-When no qualifying services are available at any interchange the NO SERVICES AVAILABLE sign should be installed below the advance guide sign.
+[[image:903.7.49.1 2017.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.49.1, Example of Community Wayfinding Guide Signs'''</center>]]
-'''Option.'''  Signs may be installed for whatever alternative fuels are available at appropriate locations.
+'''Standard.''' The use of community wayfinding guide signs shall be limited to conventional roads. Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be installed on freeway or expressway mainlines or ramps. Direction to community wayfinding districts from a freeway or expressway shall be limited to the use of a Supplemental Guide sign on the mainline and a Destination sign on the ramp to direct road users to community wayfinding. A community wayfinding program shall have a minimum of three well defined districts before freeway/expressway signing will be permitted. A well-defined district shall represent a region or area with multiple sites or destinations within it. See Figure 903.7.49.2 and Figure 903.7.49.3. The individual wayfinding destinations shall not be displayed on the Supplemental Guide and Destination signs except where the destinations are in accordance with this policy.
-If the distance to the next point at which services are available is 10 miles or more, a sign NEXT SERVICES XX MILES (D9-17) may be used as a separate panel installed below the General Service sign (see Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs).
+[[image:903.7.49.2.jpg|center|650px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.49.2, Example of a Community Wayfinding Guide Sign System With Fewer than Three Districts'''</center>
+<center>'''Note:'''  No Freeway/Expressway wayfinding signing shall be permitted for communities with fewer than three districts.</center>]]
-'''Standard.'''  General Service signs, if used at intersections, shall be accompanied with a direction message.
+Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be used to provide direction to primary destinations or highway routes or streets. Destination or other guide signs shall be used for this purpose as described elsewhere in the EPG and shall have priority over any community wayfinding sign in placement, prominence and conspicuity.
-The Pharmacy (D9-20) sign shall only be used to indicate the availability of a pharmacy that is open, with a State-licensed pharmacist on duty, 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, and that is located within 3 miles of an interchange on the Federal-aid system. The D9-20 sign shall have a 24 HR (D9-20a) plaque mounted below it.
+Because regulatory, warning and other guide signs have a higher priority, community wayfinding guide signs shall not be installed where adequate spacing cannot be provided between the community wayfinding guide sign and other higher priority signs. Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be installed in a position where they would obscure the road users’ view of other traffic control devices.
-'''Support.'''  Formats for displaying different combinations of these services are presented in [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.60 General Service Signs|General Service Signs, 903.8.60]].
-Figure 903.7.49
+Community wayfinding guide signs shall not be mounted overhead. Community wayfinding guide signs include boundary markers, welcome to messages or the simple display of a city name on a structure or sign. Refer to [[903.4 Overhead Sign Mounting|EPG 903.4 Overhead Sign Mounting]].
-Option.  The International Symbol of Accessibility for the Handicapped (D9-6) sign may be used beneath General Service signs where paved ramps and rest room facilities accessible to, and usable by, the physically handicapped are provided.
+'''Guidance.''' If used, a community wayfinding guide sign system should be established on a local municipal or equivalent jurisdictional level or for an urbanized area of adjoining municipalities or equivalent that form an identifiable geographic entity that is conducive to a cohesive and continuous system of signs. Community wayfinding guide signs should not be used on a regional or statewide basis where infrequent or sparse placement does not contribute to a continuous or coordinated system of signing that is readily identifiable as such to the road user. In such cases, Destination or other guide signs detailed elsewhere in the EPG should be used to direct road users to an identifiable area in which the type of eligible destination is located.
-The Recreational Vehicle Sanitary Station (D9-12) sign may be used as needed to indicate the availability of facilities designed for the use of dumping wastes from recreational vehicle holding tanks.
+'''Support.''' The specific provisions of this article regarding the design of community wayfinding sign legends apply to vehicular community wayfinding signs and do not apply to those signs that are intended only to provide information or direction to pedestrians or other users of a sidewalk or roadside area.
-A Car Pool Information/Ride Share (D12-2, D12-2b) sign may be installed in those communities where the Department of Natural Resources facilitates this program (see [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.66 Carpool and Ridesharing Signing (MUTCD Section 2E.57)|903.8.66, Carpool and Ride Sharing Signing]]).
+'''Guidance.''' Because pedestrian wayfinding signs typically use smaller legends that are inadequately sized for viewing by vehicular traffic and because they can provide direction to pedestrians that might conflict with that appropriate for vehicular traffic, wayfinding signs designed for and intended to provide direction to pedestrians or other users of a sidewalk or other roadside area should be located to minimize their conspicuity to vehicular traffic. Such signs should be located as far as practical from the street, such as at the far edge of the sidewalk. Where locating such signs farther from the roadway is not practical, the pedestrian wayfinding signs should have their conspicuity to vehicular traffic minimized by employing one or a combination of the following methods:
-==='''903.7.50 HOSPITAL Signs (D9-27, D9-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.45a)===
+:A. Locating signs away from intersections where high-priority traffic control devices are present.
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+:B. Facing the pedestrian message toward the sidewalk and away from the street.
-|-
-|[[image:D9-27.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-27'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:Hospital Assembly.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''Hospital Exit Sign with Name Plates'''</center>|115px]]
-|}
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+:C. Cantilevering the sign over the sidewalk if the pedestrian wayfinding sign is mounted at a height consistent with vehicular traffic signs, removing the pedestrian wayfinding signs from the line of sight in a sequence of vehicular signs.
-|-
-|[[image:D9-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D9-2'''</center>|115px]]
-||[[image:Hospital Trailblazers.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''Hospital Trailblazer with Name Plaques'''</center>|115px]]
-|}
-'''Option.'''  The commission may provide signs on state right of way for the purpose of directing motorists to a qualified hospital for emergency care including Veterans hospitals.
+To further minimize their conspicuity to vehicular traffic during nighttime conditions, pedestrian wayfinding signs should not be retroreflective.
-Hospital signing at a second interchange may be considered.  Supplemental plaques may be added to the Hospital sign and symbolic H.
+'''Support.''' Color coding is sometimes used on community wayfinding guide signs to help road users distinguish between multiple potentially confusing traffic generator destinations located in different neighborhoods or subareas within a community or area.
-Hospitals that are not state owned may purchase a supplemental plaque to be placed below the HOSPITAL sign with the hospital’s name.
+'''Option.''' At the boundaries of the geographical area within which community wayfinding guide signing is used, an informational guide sign may be posted to inform road users about the presence of wayfinding signing and to identify the meanings of the various color codes or pictographs that are being used.
-'''Standard.'''  A qualified licensed hospital shall provide continuous emergency care available to the public 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, with a doctor on call at all times, not to exceed 3rd order signing.  Medical clinics not meeting these criteria shall not qualify for signing.
+'''Standard.''' These informational guide signs shall have a white legend and border on a green background and shall have a design similar to that illustrated in Fig. 903.7.49.3 and shall be consistent with the basic design principles for guide signs. These informational guide signs shall not be installed on freeway or expressway mainlines or ramps.
-On freeways and expressways, the hospital sign shall be kept separate from other service signs due to its unique nature and usage.  The HOSIPTAL NEXT RIGHT (D9-27) sign shall be used on the mainline in advance of an interchange and mounted independently.
+[[image:903.7.49.3.jpg|center|730px|thumb|<center>'''Fig. 903.7.49.3, Example of a Color-Coded Community Wayfinding Guide Sign System'''</center>
+<center>'''*''' Color coding panels are used only when optional destination guide sign is used at wayfinding boundary.</center>]]
-They symbolic H (D9-2) sign shall be used at the top of the ramp along with the appropriate M series arrow in while on a blue background.
+The color coding or a pictograph of the identification enhancement markers of the community wayfinding guide signing system shall be included on the informational guide sign posted at the boundary of the community wayfinding guide signing area. The color coding or pictographs shall apply to a specific, identifiable neighborhood or geographical subarea within the overall area covered by the community wayfinding guide signing. Color coding or pictographs shall not be used to distinguish between different types of destinations that are within the same designated neighborhood or subarea. The color coding shall be accomplished by the use of different colored square or rectangular panels on the face of the informational guide sign, each positioned to the left of the neighborhood or named geographic area to which the color-coding panel applies. The height of the colored square or rectangular panels shall not exceed two times the height of the upper-case letters of the principal legend on the sign.
-Stand-alone hospital signs shall consist of a sign assembly containing the symbolic H and directional arrow.  The intersection for hospital signing shall be at the location where the principal access road to the hospital intersects the state highway system.
+'''Option.''' The different colored square or rectangular panels may include either a black or a white (whichever provides the better contrast with the color of the panel) letter, numeral, or other appropriate designation to identify the destination.
-Hospital signs shall not be installed until it is determined that the motorist is adequately directed to the hospital once they leave the state highway system.  If a hospital is farther than 1 mile from an interchange, a mileage plaque shall be provided with the symbolic H and M series arrow.  If two hospitals are located at the same intersection the hospitals shall have a mileage plaque with distances in ¼ mile increments.  Trailblazing on the state system shall consist of the symbolic H.  Hospital signing shall be provided at the interchange or exit ramps that provide the most direct route to the hospital.
+Except for the informational guide sign posted at the boundary of the wayfinding guide sign area, community wayfinding guide signs may use background colors other than green in order to provide a color identification for the wayfinding destinations by geographical area within the overall wayfinding guide signing system. Color-coded community wayfinding guide signs may be used with or without the boundary informational guide sign displaying corresponding color-coding panels. Except as provided below, in addition to the colors that are approved in this article for use on official traffic control signs, other background colors may also be used for the color coding of community wayfinding guide signs.
-Supplemental plaques shall only be used when the following criteria is met:
+'''Standard.''' The standard colors of red, orange, yellow, purple, or the fluorescent versions thereof, fluorescent yellow-green, and fluorescent pink shall not be used as background colors for community wayfinding guide signs, in order to minimize possible confusion with critical, higher-priority regulatory and warning sign color meanings readily understood by road users.
+The minimum luminance ratio of legend to background for community wayfinding guide signs shall be 3:1.
-A.   A maximum of 3 supplemental signs shall be allowed per Hospital sign, Each plaque shall be 132 in. x 12 in. for the Hospital sign and 24 in. x 12 in. for symbolic H,
+All messages, borders, legends, and backgrounds of community wayfinding guide signs and any identification enhancement markers shall be retroreflective.
-B.  Signs shall be white legend on blue background,
+'''Guidance.''' Community wayfinding guide signs, exclusive of any identification enhancement marker used, should be rectangular in shape. Simplicity and uniformity in design, position, and application as described in [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.6 Sign Design (MUTCD Section 2A.06)|EPG 903.2.6]] are important and should be incorporated into the community wayfinding guide sign design and location plans for the area.
-C.  All minimum ground clearance and breakaway requirements shall be followed, and
+Community wayfinding guide signs should be limited to three destinations per sign.
-D.  No commercial advertising or business logos shall be permitted.
+Abbreviations should be kept to a minimum and should include only those that are commonly recognized and understood.
-The Commission shall provide state owned hospitals, as verified by the Missouri Department of Health and Social Services website at www.dhss.state.mo.us/profiles/hospitals, a supplemental plaque placed below the HOSPITAL sign with hospital’s name.  MoDOT shall pay all costs for fabrication, installation, and maintenance of the signs.
+Horizontal lines of a color that contrasts with the sign background color should be used to separate groups of destinations by direction from each other.
-All costs for fabrication and installation of the plaques, for non-state owned hospitals, shall be paid for by the hospital.  MoDOT shall fabricate and install these signs.  Any maintenance costs, such as replacement, shall be paid for the hospital.  Traffic Division shall determine sign cost.  A [http://wwwi/intranet/cc/contracts/TR/TR15%20Signing%20Paid%20by%20Applicant.doc TR-15 contract] shall be executed.
+'''Support.''' The basic requirement for all highway signs, including community wayfinding signs, is that they be legible to those for whom they are intended and that they be understandable in time to permit a proper response. [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.2_Extent_of_Signing#903.2.14_Sign_Design_.28MUTCD_Section_2A.06.29  EPG 903.2.14] contains additional information on the design of signs, including desirable attributes of effective designs.
-'''Guidance.'''  In those instances where the hospital property abuts the MoDOT right of way, the nearest adjacent intersection of two state highways should be eligible.  If the hospital is not located on the intersecting street where the state installed signs are located, assurance should be given that responsible local authorities will erect additional signs on the city street or county highway.
+'''Guidance.''' Word messages should be as brief as practical, and the lettering should be large enough to provide the necessary legibility distance.
-==='''903.7.51 Emergency Service Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.45b)===
+'''Standard.''' The minimum specific ratio of letter height to legibility distance shall comply with the provisions of [[903.2 Extent of Signing#903.2.15 Word Messages (MUTCD Section 2A.13)|EPG 903.2.15]]. The size of lettering used for destination and directional legends on community wayfinding signs shall comply with the provisions of minimum letter heights as provided in [[#903.7.6 Size of Lettering (MUTCD Section 2D.06)|EPG 903.7.6]].
-'''Option.'''  MoDOT may permit a rural emergency service to install on state right of way a numbering system, which will identify number properties.
+Interline and edge spacing shall comply with the provisions of [https://epg.modot.org/index.php?title=903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.6_Size_of_Lettering_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.06.29  EPG 903.7.6].
-Fire hydrant identifying signs may be installed along the state highway system.
+Except as provided below, the lettering style used for destination and directional legends on community wayfinding guide signs shall comply with the provisions of [[#903.7.5 Lettering Style (MUTCD Section 2D.05)|EPG 903.7.5]].
-'''Standard.'''  Signing marking the boundaries of fire, ambulance, and law enforcement boundaries shall not be provided nor installed on state roadways.
+The lettering for destinations on community wayfinding guide signs shall be a combination of lower-case letters with initial upper-case letters. All other word messages on community wayfinding guide signs shall be in all upper-case letters.
-The fire department shall be required to provide, install and maintain fire hydrant identifying signs.  These signs shall be 30 in. x 24 in., reflectorized, with a white legend on a blue background.  The legend shall include a number that specifically identifies that specific hydrant location for cross-reference.  The numbering system used shall be consistent throughout a county or region for ease of identification by mutual-aid departments.
+'''Option.''' A lettering style other than the Standard Alphabets provided in the [https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ser-shs_millennium.htm  “Standard Highway Signs and Markings”] book may be used on community wayfinding guide signs if an engineering study determines that the legibility and recognition values for the chosen lettering style meet or exceed the values for the Standard Alphabets for the same legend height and stroke width.
-'''Guidance.'''  The background of fire hydrant identifying signs should have a fire hydrant emblem to indicate the purpose of the signs.  These signs should be installed at the edge of the right of way or at the best possible locations for visibility in fill sections.  These signs should be installed with the face of the sign parallel to the roadway.
+'''Standard.''' Except for signs that are intended to be viewed only by pedestrians, bicyclists stopped out of the flow of traffic, or occupants of parked vehicles, Internet and e-mail addresses, including domain names and uniform resource locators (URL), shall not be displayed on any community wayfinding guide signs or sign assembly.
-Districts should approve locations based on the following:
+The arrow location and priority order of destinations shall follow the provisions described in [[#903.7.8 Arrows (MUTCD Section 2D.08)|EPG 903.7.8]] and [[#903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37)|EPG 903.7.34]]. Arrows shall be of the designs provided in [https://epg.modot.org/index.php/903.7_Conventional_Road_Guide_Signs#903.7.8_Arrows_.28MUTCD_Section_2D.08.29 EPG 903.7.8].
-:	A.  The fire hydrant or other water source must be accessible from the roadway.
+'''Option.''' Pictographs may be used on community wayfinding guide signs.
-:	B.  The hydrant should be ¼ mile or less from the roadway centerline.
+'''Standard.''' If a pictograph is used, its height shall not exceed two times the height of the upper-case letters of the principal legend on the sign.
-'''Support.'''  The purpose of fire hydrant signing should help speed response time for accidents or spills on our roadway system, as well as the roadsides.
+Except for pictographs, symbols that are not approved in the EPG for use on guide signs shall not be used on community wayfinding guide signs.
-Typical numbering schemes for fire hydrant identifying signs would identify the hydrants using the local or regional fire department numbering systems.  For example, hydrant number 7301 would be the first hydrant for a fire protection district with the designation “73” in the regional numbering system.
+Business logos, commercial graphics, or other forms of advertising shall not be used on community wayfinding guide signs or sign assemblies.
-==='''903.7.52 EMERGENCY DIAL *55 Sign (I-13b)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.45c)===
+'''Option.''' Other graphics that specifically identify the wayfinding system, including identification enhancement markers, may be used on the overall sign assembly and sign supports.
-[[image:I-13b.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''I-13b'''</center>|105px]]
+'''Support.''' An enhancement marker consists of a shape, color, and/or pictograph that is used as a visual identifier for the community wayfinding guide signing system for an area.
-'''Guidance.'''  The EMERGENCY DIAL *55 (I-13b) sign should be used to alert motorists of the existence of the established statewide cellular phone emergency numbers.
+'''Option.''' An identification enhancement marker may be used in a community wayfinding guide sign assembly or may be incorporated into the overall design of a community wayfinding guide sign, as a means of visually identifying the sign as part of an overall system of community wayfinding signs and destinations.
-The Emergency Help sign should be placed, one for each direction of travel, at approximate 50-mile intervals on the National Highway System.  In addition, two of these signs should be utilized in each commuter lot outside of urbanized areas.  They should be mounted back-to-back and should be erected adjacent to or as close as possible to the standard Commuter Parking Lot sign.  One sign is also to be erected for each direction of travel at each rest area location and should be placed to the right of the ramp, which exits the interstate and enters the rest area facility.
+'''Standard.''' The sizes and shapes of identification enhancement markers shall be smaller than the community wayfinding guide signs themselves. Identification enhancement markers shall not be designed to have an appearance that could be mistaken by road users as being a traffic control device.
-When used at commuter lots outside of urbanized areas, the Emergency Help sign should face the highway in one direction and the parking lot in the other so that the maximum number of motorists on either side of the assembly can read the legend.
+'''Guidance.''' The area of the identification enhancement marker should not exceed 1/5 of the area of the community wayfinding guide sign with which it is mounted in the sign assembly.
-==='''903.7.53 Safety Stop Sign (D5-16a)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.45d)===
+==903.7.50 Climbing Lane Signs (D17-1, D17-2) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.51)==
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:D5-16a.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''D5-16a'''</center>|125px]]
+|[[image:D17-1.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D17-1'''</center>|100px]]||[[image:D17-2.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D17-2'''</center>|100px]]
 |}
-'''Option.'''  Civic organizations may be allowed to dispense free coffee or other refreshments on right of way as a service to motorists during holiday periods.  Interstate rest areas, roadside parks and scenic turnouts may be utilized for such activities.
+'''Guidance.''' If an extra lane has been provided for trucks and other slow-moving traffic, a NEXT CLIMBING LANE XX MILES (D17-1) sign and/or a CLIMBING LANE XX MILES (D17-2) sign should be installed in advance of the lane.
-A sign indicating the host organization may be displayed at the serving location.
-'''Standard.'''  Official temporary Safety Stop signs may be erected for such facilities provided the following guidelines are met:
-.  The activity shall be carried on solely within the safety rest area, roadside park, or scenic turnout.  Parking or any other activity shall not be permitted on the travel surface, shoulders, ramps, or other surfaces used for the movement of vehicles.
-.  The activity shall be conducted for the express purpose of improving the safety of highway travel and not primarily to the advantage of any other organization or activities.  No advertising shall be permitted.
-.  The refreshments or any other service offered shall be free of charge to the motorists without the solicitation of contributions or donations or any other benefits to the organization.
-There have been a number of other safety stops operating adjacent to highway right of way.  Signing for such stops shall be placed on State right of way.
-The SAFETY BREAK FREE COFFEE (D5-16a) sign shall be used for safety stops at all rest areas on freeways.  One sign for each direction of travel shall be mounted beneath the existing advance directional sign for the rest area.  This sign shall only be visible to the motorists during the time the facility is in operation and then removed.
-'''Guidance.'''  Special care should be taken before approval is given in roadside parks and scenic turnouts to insure that adequate parking facilities are available.
+'''Option.''' [[903.5 Regulatory Signs#903.5.18 SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT (R4-3) (MUTCD Section 2B.30)|EPG 903.5.18]] contains information regarding regulatory signs for these types of lanes.
-'''Support.'''  A "flip-down" sign is also available.
+==903.7.51 National Scenic Byways Signs (D6-4) ([https://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/ MUTCD] Section 2D.55)==
-==='''903.7.54 BUSINESS DISTRICT and INDUSTRIAL PARK Signs (I-15 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.45e)===
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:I15-1.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''I15-1'''</center>|115px]]||[[image:I15-2.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''I15-2'''</center>|115px]]
+|[[image:D6-4.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-4'''</center>|100px]]||[[image:D6-4a.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-4a'''</center>|140px]]
 |}
-'''Option.'''  The BUSINESS DISTRICT (I15-1) sign may be erected on a highway within the city limits at the principal intersection leading to the central business district.
+'''Support.''' Certain roads have been designated by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation as National Scenic Byways or All-American Roads based on their archeological, cultural, historic, natural, recreational, or scenic qualities.
-'''Standard.'''  If a route passes through the central business district, this sign shall not be used.
-'''Option.'''  The INDUSTRIAL PARK (I15-2) sign may be erected on a highway within the city limits at the principal intersection leading to the central industrial park when truck traffic tends to get lost or miss turns.
-'''Guidance.'''  If used, the INDUSTRIAL PARK sign should be installed at first order signing for the most direct path and should be provided at no charge.
-'''Standard.'''  If a route passes through the central industrial park, this sign shall not be used.
-==='''903.7.55 Reference Locations Signs (D10-1 through D10-3) and Intermediate Reference Location Signs (D10-1a through D10-3a)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.46)===
-'''Support.'''  Not used on conventional routes in Missouri.  Refer to [[903.8 Freeway and Expressway Guide Signs#903.8.64 Emergency Reference Markers (D10-5) (MUTCD Section 2E.54)|freeway/expressway emergency reference markers]].
-==='''903.7.56 TRAFFIC SIGNAL SPEED Signs (I1-1)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.47)===
-'''Support.'''  Not used in Missouri.
-==='''903.7.57	General Information Signs (I Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48)===
-'''Support.'''  Of interest to the traveler, though not directly necessary for guidance, are numerous kinds of information that can properly be conveyed by general information signs.  They include such items as Missouri State line (I-2), City limit (I4-1, I4-2), unincorporated communities (I5-1), County line (I6-1), stream names (I-3), landmarks, and similar items of geographical interest, and safety and transportation-related messages.  Recreational and Cultural Interest Area Signs contains recreational and cultural interest area symbol signs that are sometimes used in combination with general information signs.
-'''Guidance.'''  General information signs should not be installed within a series of guide signs or at other equally critical locations, unless there are specific reasons for orienting the road user or identifying control points for activities that are clearly in the public interest.  On all such signs, the designs should be simple and dignified, devoid of any advertising and in general conformance with other guide signing.
-'''Option.'''  Political jurisdiction logos may be placed on the political boundary general information signs.  The logo may have different colors and shapes but should be simple, dignified and devoid of any advertising.
-'''Standard.'''  Except for political boundary and scenic by-way logos and signs, general information signs shall have white legends and borders on green rectangular-shaped backgrounds.
-==='''903.7.58 City/County Limit Signs (I4, I5, I6 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48a)===
+Table 903.7.51 lists the approved National Scenic Byways that follow state maintained routes.
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
+===<center>Table 903.7.51 Approved National Scenic Byways in Missouri===
+<center>
+{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"
+|+
+! style="background:#BEBEBE"|National Scenic Byways in Missouri
 |-
-|[[image:I4-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-1'''</center>|100px]]
+|align="left"|[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/byways/byways/2588 Crowley's Ridge Parkway]
-||[[image:I4-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-2'''</center>|100px]]
-||[[image:I4-2a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-2a'''</center>|100px]]
 |-
-||[[image:I5-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I5-1'''</center>|100px]]
+|align="left"|[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/infrastructure/back0406.cfm Little Dixie Highway of the Great River Road]
-||[[image:I6-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I6-1'''</center>|100px]]
 |}
+</center>
-'''Standard.'''  The City Limit (I4 series) signs shall be erected at the city limit of each incorporated area, at the point where the city limit crosses the right of way.
-The population of the I4 series signs shall be according to the latest U.S. Census published by the United States Department of Commerce or in accordance with a special census by the governor.
-The population shall not be shown on a Community Board (I5-1) sign.
-The County Line (I6 series) signs shall be erected on all routes at county lines.
-'''Guidance.'''  The County Line sign should not be erected at the state line.
+'''Option.''' National Scenic Byways (D6-4) signs may be installed at entrance points to a route that has been recognized by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation as a National Scenic Byway or an All-American Road.  The D6-4 sign may be installed on route sign assemblies, see Fig. 903.7.51.  National Scenic Byways signs may also be installed at periodic intervals along the designated route and at intersections where the designated route turns or follows a different numbered highway.  At locations where roadside features have been developed to enhance the traveler’s experience such as rest areas, historic sites, interpretive facilities, or scenic overlooks, the National Scenic Byways sign may be placed on the associated sign assembly to inform travelers that the site contributes to the byway travel experience.
-'''Support.'''  See [[903.13 Typical Signing Applications|903.13 Typical Signing Applications]] of City Limit signs.
+[[image:903.7.51.jpg|center|300px|thumb|<Center>'''Fig. 903.7.51, Examples of Use of the National Scenic Byways Sign'''</center>]]
-'''Option.'''  The Community Board (I5-1) sign may be erected at the entrance to an unincorporated community.
+'''Standard.''' The National Scenic Byway signs shall be paid for by the group or association responsible for byway.
-A Speed Limit sign may be mounted above the community board if a reduced speed has been indicated by an engineering study.
+When a National Scenic Byways sign is installed on a National Scenic Byway or an All-American Road, the design shown for the D6-4 sign shall be used.  Use of this design shall be limited to routes that have been designated as a National Scenic Byway or All-American Road by the U.S. Secretary of Transportation.
-==='''903.7.59 Special Supplemental Signing''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48b)===
+If used, the D6-4 sign shall be placed such that the roadway route signs have primary visibility for the road user.
-'''Support.'''  Special supplemental signing policies contained in the following two articles refer to signs that are either modifications of existing MoDOT signs or special guide signs that have been approved for use.  In many cases these signs are provided by MoDOT at no cost, in several cases there is a cost sharing with the requestor for the installation of these special supplementary signs and some are the full cost of the requestor.
+Any additional signing, other than that provided by MoDOT, shall be located off of state maintained right of way.
-'''Guidance.'''  Care should be taken when considering adding supplemental signs to make sure they do not interfere with or detract from regulatory, warning or guide signs.  Sufficient spacing, at least 800 ft. on freeways or expressways, should be allowed for drivers to be able to read and comprehend the sign messages.
+==903.7.52 Missouri Scenic Byways Signs (D6-4b, D6-4c, D6-4d)==
-==='''903.7.60 Custom City/County Limit Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48c)===
 {| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:I4-1a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-1a'''</center>|125px]]
+|[[image:D6-4b.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-4b'''</center>|100px]]||[[image:D6-4c.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-4c'''</center>|100px]]||[[image:D6-4d.jpg|left|thumb|<center>'''D6-4d'''</center>|130px]]
-||[[image:I4-2b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-2b'''</center>|120px]]
-||[[image:I4-2c.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-2c'''</center>|135px]]
 |}
-'''Support.'''  Many cities and counties want to enhance their identity and presence to the traveling public.  A way to do this is by placing customized city or county limit signs in lieu of the MoDOT standard sign.  Standards have been developed, according to the MUTCD, as to what the signs will look like and what is allowed to be added to customize the signs.  Custom signs are not required at all city or county limits on the state system.
+'''Support.''' Certain roads have been designated by the Commission as Missouri Scenic Byways based.
-Incorporated communities or counties are permitted to request that custom city limit signs be installed on the state system.
+Table 903.7.52 lists the approved Missouri Scenic Byways that follow state maintained routes.
-'''Standard.''' The style of custom city limit signs that were installed prior to August 19, 1999 shall be allowed to remain thru January 1, 2007.  When signs erected prior to the above date require replacement for any reason (knock down, fading or a project), signs conforming to this current policy shall replace them.  Signs still in place on December 31, 2006 shall be replaced with signs conforming to this current policy or the standard city limit signs.
+'''Option.''' Missouri Scenic Byways signs may also be installed at periodic intervals along the designated route.
-MoDOT shall fabricate customized signs, for consistency, according to the standards described below.  Graphics or messages requested by the city or county shall have the approval of the department prior to fabrication.  The city or county shall be responsible for all costs associated with the fabrication and installation of these signs.
+===<center>Table 903.7.52 Approved Missouri Scenic Byways===
+<center>
-The signs shall be white legend on a green background.  The signs shall be made of reflectorized material according to MoDOT standards.  Lettering on the signs shall be of the approved size and style as contained in the MUTCD for the type of facility where the signs will go.
+{| border="1" class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto" style="text-align:center"
+|+
-The left side of the signs shall be the standard message used on MoDOT supplied city or county limit signs, that is the wording “City Limit”, the name of the city and the population or “Entering” and name of county.  The right side of the sign, in a square area, dependent on the height of the sign, shall be where the city will be allowed to put their custom legend.  The use of a city logo or emblem shall be allowed.  Logos of individual organizations shall not be allowed.
+! width="400" style="background:#BEBEBE"|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/byways/states/MO/maps/All%20Byways%20State%20Map Scenic Byway]
+|-
-When a city or county elects to use a customized limit sign, MoDOT shall replace the standard sign with the custom sign.  If there is a need for a speed limit sign, the speed limit sign shall be installed the same as if a standard city limit sign were used.  MoDOT personnel shall perform installation of the customized city or county limit sign with all costs paid by the city or county.  The city or county shall also pay maintenance costs, such as replacement, washing, etc.  Lighting of these signs shall not be allowed.
+|align="left"|[http://kcparks.org/park/cliff-drive/ Cliff Drive]
-'''Guidance.'''  The [http://wwwi/intranet/cc/contracts/TR/TR15%20Signing%20Paid%20by%20Applicant.doc TR-15 contract] should be executed between the city or county and MoDOT before sign is installed.
-The legend of the sign should be simple, dignified and void of any commercial advertising.  Examples of acceptable “slogans” would be “Home of the Pintos”, “Truman’s Home” or “Home of the Maifest”.
-Landscaping around any of these signs should be coordinated and reviewed by the department’s roadside management personnel.
-==='''903.7.61 City/County Accomplishment Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48d)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:I4-1b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-1b'''</center>|200px]]
+|align="left"|[http://www.fhwa.dot.gov/byways/byways/2588 Crowley's Ridge Parkway]
-||[[image:I4-2d.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I4-2d'''</center>|200px]]
-|}
-'''Support.'''  Many cities and counties want to announce the academic and/or athletic accomplishments of their local schools.
-'''Option.'''  A city may elect to recognize the academic and athletic accomplishments of their schools by placing a maximum of 3 supplemental signs under the custom or standard city limit sign and a county may place a maximum of 2 supplemental signs under the custom or standard county line sign.  In order to accommodate legends with a sizeable amount of text, several plaques may be used for the message.
-'''Standard.'''  Supplemental signs, according to the following guidelines, shall be allowed only under city/county limit or custom city/county signs.  The city or county shall select the accomplishments to be displayed with MoDOT’s concurrence.
-Each sign shall be variable by 12 in. with a maximum width of 60 in. for flat sheet and 120 in. for structural.
-If a new accomplishment plaque is requested and the maximum amount already exists, one plaque shall be removed to accommodate a new one.
-Signs shall be white legend on green background.  All minimum ground clearance and breakaway requirements shall be followed.  No commercial advertising or business logos shall be permitted.
-All cost for fabrication and installation of the panels shall be paid for by the city.  Department forces shall fabricate and install these signs.  Any maintenance costs, such as replacement, washing, etc. shall be paid by the city.
-'''Guidance.'''  When several plaques are used to accommodate legends with a sizeable amount of text the sum of square footage of 3 supplemental plaques is not to be exceeded for cities and 2 supplemental plaques for counties.
-==='''903.7.62 Welcome To Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48e)===
-'''Option.'''  Cities may place Welcome To signs on MoDOT right of way to welcome visitors to their community when their city limits encompass the intersection.  Welcome To signs may be made retroreflective.
-'''Standard.'''  Welcome To signs shall fit on one or two MoDOT break a way sign posts (wood, PSST, pipe, structural), shall not be illuminated electrically, and shall not contain advertisement of any kind.
-'''Guidance.'''  Welcome To signs should be installed in a location that does not interfere with normal highway signs and posses the least possible threat to the motorist should they leave the roadway.
-The district should consider an agreement or at least a permit that would be tied to the installation of Welcome To signs.  Issues such as locating utilities and maintenance of the Welcome To sign should be addressed.
-'''Support.'''  The content and design of the sign face is up to the community.
-==='''903.7.63 STATE LINE Signs (I-2, I-2a)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48f)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:I-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-2'''</center>|125px]]||
+|align="left"|[https://missouri66.org/ Historic Route 66 Byway]
-[[image:I-2a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-2a'''</center>|195px]]
-|}
-'''Standard.'''  The MISSOURI STATE LINE (I-2) sign shall be erected at the state line on all lettered routes.
-The large Welcome to Missouri (I-2a) sign shall be erected at or near the state line on numbered routes where the traffic volume is 1,000 AADT or greater.  The smaller sign shall be erected at or near the state line on numbered routes where the traffic volume is less than 1,000 AADT.
-'''Guidance.'''  At locations where it may be impractical to erect the Welcome to Missouri sign at, or near the state line, the MISSOURI STATE LINE sign should be used.  At such locations the Welcome to Missouri sign shall be erected in addition to the MISSOURI STATE LINE sign, preferable within ¼ mile of the state line.
-'''Option.'''  The MISSOURI STATE LINE sign may be erected on other routes where it is impractical to use the Welcome to Missouri sign.
-==='''903.7.64 Stream Name Signs (I-3)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48g)===
-[[image:I-3.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''I-3'''</center>|120px]]
-'''Guidance.'''  Stream Name (I-3) signs should be erected at all bridge type structures, excluding box culverts, on the interstate and all numbered routes where the official name can be determined.  If the name of the stream cannot be determined, the Stream Name sign should be omitted.
-'''Standard.'''  In those cases where signing for a body of water, which is a part of, or connected to, a lake, names such as branch, river, creek, etc. shall be incorporated in the sign as required.  A typical example of this type of signing would be “LAKE OF THE OZARKS-OSAGE RIVER”.
-==='''903.7.65 Transportation Signs (I-5, I-7, E14-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48h)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:I-5.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-5'''</center>|100px]]
+|align="left"|[https://www.fhwa.dot.gov/infrastructure/back0406.cfm Little Dixie Highway of the Great River Road]
-||[[image:I-7.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''I-7'''</center>]]||[[image:E14-2.gif|left|200px|thumb|<center>'''E14-2'''</center>]]
-|}
-'''Option.'''  Guide signs for commercial service airports may be provided from the nearest Interstate, or other freeway intersection directly to the airport, normally not to exceed 15 miles.  The Airport (I-5) symbol sign along with a supplemental plaque may be used to indicate the specific name of the airport.  An Airport symbol sign, with or without a supplemental name plaque or the word AIRPORT, and an arrow may be used as a trailblazer.
-'''Standard.'''  Adequate trailblazer signs shall be in place prior to installing the airport guide signs.
-'''Support.'''  Location and placement of all airport guide signs depends upon the availability of longitudinal spacing on highways.
-'''Standard.'''  When a sign is used to display a safety or transportation-related message, the display format shall not be of a type that would be considered similar to advertising displays.  Messages and symbols that resemble any official traffic control device shall not be used on safety or transportation-related message signs.
-The Amtrak Station (I-7) sign shall not be installed if a city will not provide supplemental signing for these locations.
-The Amtrak Station and the appropriate M6 series arrow shall be used for ramp signs.
-'''Guidance.'''  The Amtrak Station sign should be compatible with the color and size of existing signing design.
-'''Support.'''  The Amtrak Station sign is a supplemental guide sign of variable size.
-==='''903.7.66 Roadside Improvement Signs (I9-1, I9-2, I9-3)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48i)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:I9-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I9-1'''</center>|100px]]
+|align="left"|[https://www.visitmo.com/things-to-do/old-trails-road-scenic-byway Old Trails Road]
-||[[image:I9-2.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''I9-2'''</center>]]||[[image:I9-3.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''I9-3'''</center>]]
-|}
-'''Support.'''  For the ADOPT-A-HIGHWAY (I9-1, I9-1a, I9-1b, I9-1c), GROWING TOGETHER (I9-2) and WILDFLOWER AREA (I9-3) signs please refer to the MoDOT Maintenance manual for program rules.
-==='''903.7.67 HISTORIC DOWNTOWN Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48j)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:E11-1b.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''E11-1b'''</center>|110px]]
+|align="left"|[https://scenicbyways.info/byway/73303.html Ozark Mountain High Road]
-||[[image:D7-10a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''D7-10a'''</center>|180px]]
-|}
-'''Standard.'''  MoDOT shall provide signing, upon request, for the historic business district of a community.
-Signing shall be limited to either first order on conventional routes, or one interchange if a freeway or expressway runs through or next to a community.
-The signs shall be white on brown, reflectorized, and will say HISTORIC DOWNTOWN_____.
-'''Guidance.''' The historic district should be listed on the National Register of Historic Places.
-'''Option.'''  In lieu of the standard Historic Downtown sign a Historic Downtown plaque may be placed under the exit or advance guide sign for freeways/expressways.
-==='''903.7.68	Ferry Crossing Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48k)===
-'''Option.'''  Directional information signs may be provided for ferry crossings.
-'''Guidance.'''  To qualify for signing, a ferry crossing should meet the following guidelines:
-A.  The owner of the ferry should operate the boat weather permitting during the following periods:
-:1.  Hours of operation are generally sunrise to sunset, five days a week.
-:2.  Operating season is March 15 through December 15.
-:3.  The operator should be responsible to notify the Missouri State Highway Patrol or the local district office when conditions will not allow a day or more of normal operation.
-B.  The ferryboat operation should be U.S. Coast Guard inspected and certified.
-The department should provide a maximum of third order generic signing (i.e.. “Toll Ferry to Il").  The signs should be considered as a supplemental sign if installed on freeways.
-Signs should be white reflectorized border and legend on a green reflectorized background for all roadway systems.   It should be the responsibility of the local jurisdiction(s) to provide all supplemental signing over city or county roadways leading to the ferry crossings.
-When a ferry is seasonally operated, a Commission furnished sign shall be installed to indicate when the ferry in not in operation for the season
-==='''903.7.69	Missouri Regional Port Authorities''' (MUTCD Section 2D.48L)===
-'''Support.'''  Signing for port authorities is done with coordination with [http://wwwi/intranet/mo/ Multimodal].  For more information contact Multimodal.
-==='''903.7.70 Signing of Named Highways (M11-1, M11-2)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.49)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:M11-1.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M11-1'''</center>|100px]]
+|align="left"|[https://scenicbyways.info/byway/64978.html Ozark Mountain Parkway]
-||[[image:M11-2.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M11-2'''</center>|100px]]
-|}
-'''Support.'''  At times the department is approached about giving names, other than route designations, to bridges or sections of highways.  The following policy provides the framework for handling requests for the naming of state facilities.
-Section 229.222, RSMo, allows cities, counties or villages to name roads within their jurisdictions for any law enforcement officer who was killed in the line of duty.
-'''Standard.'''  A directive for naming shall come through the action of the General Assembly.
-In the event a bridge or highway has a recognized name, another bridge or highway shall need to be selected.
-Signing shall consist of one shoulder mounted sign at each end of the bridge or section of highway.  The naming signs shall be the standard MoDOT M11-1 or M11-2 consisting of white legend on a green background.  The signs shall use MoDOT standard retroreflective sheeting.  Legend on the signs shall use a 6 in. letter height with a maximum of 3 lines of text.  When a named section of highway crosses two or more county lines, consideration shall be given to allowing additional signing at the county lines or major intersections.
-MoDOT shall erect and maintain signs provided under this policy.
-Where such memorial signs are installed on the mainline, (1) memorial names shall not appear on directional guide signs, (2) memorial signs shall not interfere with the placement of any other necessary highway signing, and (3) memorial signs shall not compromise the safety or efficiency of traffic flow.  The memorial signing shall be limited to one sign at an appropriate location in each route direction.
-Highway names shall not replace official numeral designations.  Memorial names shall not appear on supplemental signs or on any other information sign either on or along the highway or its intersecting routes.
-The use of route signs shall be restricted to signs officially used for guidance of traffic according to this Manual and the “Purpose and Policy” statement of the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials that applies to Interstate and U.S. numbered routes (see 903.19.11.2 for AASHTO’s address).
-The city, county, or village shall be allowed to erect and maintain on MoDOT right of way standard naming signs as described previously in this section.  The city, county or village shall be responsible for the full cost of manufacture, erection, and maintenance of these signs.  Location of these sign shall be at the approval of MoDOT.
-'''Guidance.'''  Only one name should be used to identify any highway, whether numbered or unnumbered.
-==='''903.7.71	Veterans Signing''' (MUTCD Section 2D.49a)===
-'''Standard.'''  MoDOT shall provide signing for Veterans cemeteries in Missouri.  The cemeteries shall be owned and operated by either the Department of Veterans Affairs, for national cemeteries or the Missouri Veterans Commission, for state cemeteries.  First order signing, on the state system, shall be provided for all cemeteries that meet the above upon request.
-The Missouri Veterans Commission shall be responsible for MoDOT’s cost to fabricate and install Veteran Home signs.  First order signing, on the state system, shall be provided for all veterans’ homes that meet the above upon request.
-'''Option.'''  Second order signing may be considered if there is an intersection of a state route or an interchange within 6 miles of the cemetery.
-Signing may be allowed for veterans’ homes that are owned and operated by the Missouri Veterans commission.
-Second order signing may be considered if there is an intersection of a state route or an interchange within 6 miles of the veterans’ home.
-==='''903.7.72 College Signing Policy'''===
-MoDOT uses two methods for signing colleges and universities on freeways and expressways.  College generator signs are used to sign the main campuses of traditional 4-year colleges and theological schools and seminaries.  College emblem signs are used to sign traditional 2-year colleges including community colleges, professional/technical schools, extension sites and satellite campuses.  College emblem signs may also be used for qualifying 4-year and theological colleges if the institution wishes.  No college, however, shall be granted both college generator signs and college emblem signs.  Both college generator and college emblem signs shall only be used for signing that would originate at interchanges on freeways and expressways (up to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.1.11 Sign Classification (MUTCD Section 2A.05)|3rd order]]).  For signing that would originate at at-grade intersections, refer to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing(at-grade intersections)|903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing]].
-To qualify for college generator or college emblem signing, the appropriate criteria outlined below must be met.
-====903.7.72.1 College Generator Signing (grade-separated interchanges only)====
-[[image:E12-1a.gif|center|165px]]
-College generator signs are allowed at interchanges on freeways and expressways for qualifying colleges.  These signs shall not be used for at-grade intersections.  For signing at-grade intersections, refer to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing(at-grade intersections)|903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing]].
-The following requirements shall be met for a college to receive college generator signs:
-* The college shall be identified by the [http://www.dhe.mo.gov/degreesearch.shtml Missouri Department of Higher Education] as one of the following types of schools:
-::* Public 4-year
-::* Independent 4-year
-::* Theological
-* The college shall offer, at a minimum, a 4-year bachelor’s degree or master’s degree accredited by an organization recognized by the U.S. Department of Education or by the [http://www.chea.org/pdf/CHEA_USDE_AllAccred.pdf Council for Higher Education].
-* The site being signed shall be the primary campus of the college.
-* The site being signed shall have housing on campus.
-* The site being signed shall offer traditional, face-to-face classroom settings between students and faculty as a primary source of education.  Web-based or telecommunication centers do not meet this requirement.
-* The primary purpose of the site shall be for educational classes and not for administrative operations.
-Colleges meeting the above criteria qualify for college generator signing up to 3rd order.  The college shall be within 20 miles of the interchange being signed, and shall be limited to one sign per direction per route.  Signs are not required to be at the same interchange.  In addition, there shall be no signs installed directing traffic from freeway to freeway or from expressway to freeway (Ex:  I-270 to I-44).  A freeway shall be defined as a multi-lane highway with full access control and only grade separated intersections.  An expressway shall be defined as a multi-lane highway with some limited access such as at-grade intersections, but without driveways and private entrances.  Any exceptions shall be approved by the State Traffic Engineer.
-The college shall pay a fee for the signs covering the costs of materials, fabrication, installation, and maintenance for 10 years.  Maintenance over the 10-year period includes any necessary repairs or replacement.  After 10 years, the signs will either be removed or renewed for another fee.  All fees are to be determined by Traffic.  Logos used on the signs should be the typical logo used by the school to represent their academic programs and shall be approved by [http://wwwi/intranet/tr/ Traffic].  Logos shall be designed using standard highway signing colors with a maximum of three colors being used.  All logos may be modified by Traffic for production purposes.  Logos shall only be used on mainline signs.
-If more than one college qualifies and requests generator signs at the same interchange, these colleges shall be combined onto the same sign, with a maximum of three colleges on one sign.
-Trailblazers for college generator signing shall consist of standard college destination signs.  The signs shall not contain logos and will include the name of the college with the appropriate arrow.
-====903.7.72.2 College Emblem Signing (grade-separated interchanges only)====
-[[image:903.7.72.2.jpg|center|165px]]
-College emblem signs are allowed at interchanges on freeways and expressways for qualifying colleges.  These signs shall not be used for at-grade intersections.  For signing at-grade intersections, refer to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing(at-grade intersections)|903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing]].
-The following requirements shall be met for a college to receive college emblem signs:
-* The college shall be recognized by the [http://www.dhe.mo.gov/degreesearch.shtml Missouri Department of Higher Education].
-* The college shall offer, at a minimum, a 2-year associate’s degree accredited by an organization recognized by the U.S. Department of Education or by the [http://www.chea.org/pdf/CHEA_USDE_AllAccred.pdf Council for Higher Education].
-* The site being signed shall offer traditional, face-to-face classroom settings between students and faculty as a primary source of education.  Web-based or telecommunication centers do not meet this requirement.
-* The primary purpose of the site shall be for educational classes and not for administrative operations.
-Colleges meeting the above criteria qualify for college emblem signing up to 3rd order.  The college shall be within 20 miles of the interchange being signed, and shall be limited to one sign per direction per route.  Signs are not required to be at the same interchange.  In addition, there shall be no signs installed directing traffic from freeway to freeway or from expressway to freeway (Ex:  I-270 to I-44).  A freeway shall be defined as a multi-lane highway with full access control and only grade separated intersections.  An expressway shall be defined as a multi-lane highway with limited access such as at-grade intersections, but without driveways and private entrances.  Any exceptions shall be approved by the State Traffic Engineer.
-The college shall pay a fee for the signs covering the costs of materials, fabrication, installation, and maintenance for 10 years.  Maintenance over the 10-year period includes any necessary repairs or replacement.  After 10 years, the signs will either be removed or renewed for another fee.  All fees are to be determined by Traffic.
-Emblems used on the signs shall be restricted to a 36 in. x 48 in. area and may consist of the typical logo used to represent the college’s academic programs and any legend necessary for adequate identification.  Emblems shall be designed using standard highway signing colors with a maximum of three colors being used.  All emblems shall be approved by Traffic and may be modified for production purposes.
-No emblem sign shall contain more than 6 colleges and no interchange shall contain more than one emblem sign.
-In the event that an interchange requires a college generator sign and a college emblem sign, yet has insufficient spacing to accommodate both, colleges using the generator signs should be incorporated into the emblem signing if possible.  Four-year colleges and theological schools and seminaries may choose to use the emblem signs over generators.
-Trailblazers for college emblem signing shall consist of a 30 in. x 24 in. replica of the emblem used on the mainline sign.  These signs shall be accompanied by the appropriate arrow.
-====903.7.72.3 College Destination Signing (at-grade intersections)====
-[[image:903.7.72.3.jpg|center|165px]]
-College destination signs may be used for colleges qualifying for generator or emblem signs, but whose signs would originate at an at-grade intersection as opposed to an interchange.  These signs are intended for colleges who are too far away from an interchange, but otherwise meet all necessary requirements to receive college signs.
-College destination signs may be used up to [[903.1 Extent of Signing#903.1.11 Sign Classification (MUTCD Section 2A.05)|3rd order]] and the college shall be within 20 miles of the intersection being signed.  College destination signs or their trailblazers shall not contain any logos.  Destination signs shall contain the name of the college with the appropriate arrow directing traffic to the location.
-The college shall pay a fee for the signs covering the costs of materials, fabrication, installation, and maintenance for 10 years.  Maintenance over the 10-year period includes any necessary repairs or replacement.  After 10 years, the signs will either be removed or renewed for another fee.  All fees are to be determined by [http://wwwi/intranet/tr/ Traffic].
-College destination signs will also be used as trailblazers for the college generator signs.
-====903.7.72.4 Transitioning to the New Policy====
-Effective, 01/01/08, all college signing requests shall be governed by this policy.  Existing signing under contracts executed prior to this policy shall be honored in full unless the college wishes to transition to the new policy prior to the expiration of their contract.  At expiration of those existing contracts, the colleges shall be governed by this policy for any future signing.  All existing signing not under contract shall be transitioned to this policy at the end of its useful life cycle.
-Existing college signing at a particular interchange or intersection may also be transitioned to the new policy if circumstances require changes to any college signing at that given interchange/intersection.  Such changes may include but are not limited to:  an additional college being signed, changes (direction, logos, names, etc.) to existing college signs, the removal of existing college signs, geometric changes to the interchange or intersection or needed replacement of existing college signing due to knockdowns, vandalism, etc.  If such transition is made for a college with existing signs, the new signing shall be provided at a pro-rated fee determined by [http://wwwi/intranet/tr/ Traffic].
-==='''903.7.73 Correctional Center Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.49c)===
-'''Standard.'''  This policy allows for the signing of correctional centers (prisons), which are operated by the state of Missouri. City, county, private or other correctional centers, jails or prisons shall not qualify under this policy.
-MoDOT shall allow only one set of signs for a prison under this policy, excluding ramp terminus signs.
-MoDOT shall allow, on our system, one set of signs directing motorists to state run Department of Corrections correctional centers.  Signs shall be allowed only if the community where the correctional center is located concurs with signing the facility. MoDOT shall fabricate the signs to our standards and the prison billed for the cost.
-First order signing shall be erected for the Correctional facility.  Additional signing, if required, off our system to reach the facility shall be the responsibility of the local community or the Department of Corrections.  One set of structural signs, one for each direction, shall be allowed if a freeway or expressway is involved.
-'''Guidance.'''  Prisons within a community can be a sensitive issue.  That is why the policy requires the community agree to sign for the facility.  This should be in written form from local political jurisdiction.
-The signs should be placed at the most direct route from the state system to the prison.
-'''Option.'''  Appropriate turn signing at the ramp terminals may also be required.
-==='''903.7.74 Trail/Historic Route Signs (M10 series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.50)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:M10-8a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M10-8a'''</center>|100px]]
+|align="left"|[https://scenicbyways.info/byway/73302.html Sho-Me Santa Fe Trail]
-||[[image:M10-2.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''M10-2'''</center>]]
-||[[image:M10-6.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M10-6'''</center>|100px]]
-||[[image:M4-1a.gif|left|100px|thumb|<center>'''M4-1a'''</center>]]
-|}
-'''Support.'''  At times individuals or groups who want historic recognition for a road or section of a road approach MoDOT.  This policy defines what is needed and by whom before consideration can be given to signing an historic route.
-'''Standard.'''  The Commission will consider marking of an historic road when the following provisions have been met:
-	A.  The road has been recognized by an organized federal or state group as a road having significant historical importance to the transportation system.
-	B.  There shall be an organized group that sponsors and determines the exact route of the historical road.
-	C.  There shall be a minimum length of 50 miles required for a historic road.  Short disconnected segments are discouraged.
-	D.  Any part of the Commission-maintained system shall be limited to a maximum of three concurrent historic route and/or trail designations.
-	E.  There shall be an agreement between the sponsoring group and the Commission to define the responsibilities of each.
-The agreement shall contain the following provisions:
-	A.  The Commission shall coordinate the fabrication of the approved historic route signs and install and maintain these signs on the approved segments of the historic route within the Commission's current highway system.
-	B.  The sponsoring group shall install and maintain the approved historic route signs on those portions of the approved historic route, which are not a part of the Commission's current highway system.  These installations will be at no cost to the             Commission.
-	C.  The sponsoring group shall reimburse the Commission for the cost of fabricating the approved historic route signs regardless of where the signs are placed.  The sponsoring group shall also reimburse the Commission for the cost of installing and maintaining those signs, which are placed on the Commission's current highway system.
-	D.  The approved historic signs shall be mounted as an independent confirmation marker at locations agreed upon by the Commission and the sponsoring group.
-If the historic road crosses a state line, there must be agreement with the adjoining state or states on the signing and the routing of the historic route.  If agreements with the other states cannot be reached the historic signing shall end at the last intersection in Missouri.
-'''Support.'''  Trail signs are informational signs, plaques, or shields designed to provide travelers with guidance in following a trail of particular cultural, historical or educational significance.
-There are several approved trails or overlays that follow state maintained routes.  Approved trail overlays are:
-	A.  Lewis and Clark Trail (M10-2); http://www.nps.gov/lecl/VisitorInfo/Tours/MO.htm
-[[image:903.7.74.jpg|right|250px]]
-	B.  Great River Road (M10-6); http://www.byways.org/browse/byways/2247/travel.html
-	C.  Historic 66 (M10-8, M10-8a); http://www.historic66.com/missouri/
-	D.  Santa Fe Trail (M10-4); http://www.nps.gov/safe/fnl-sft/maps/map1/map1.htm
-	E.  Oregon Trail (M10-3); http://www.nps.gov/oreg/oreg/site1.htm
-F.	Trail of Tears (M10-5);
-http://www.nps.gov/applications/parks/trte/ppMaps/ACF17B.
-	G.  Avenue of the Saints (M10-9); http://www.modot.org/northeast/61_27AveofSts.htm
-H.  Mississippi River Trail (MRT) bike trail (M10-7); http://www.trailnet.org/oldsite/trails.html	http://tower-rock-winery.com/biking.htm
-	I.  Designated scenic byways; http://www.byways.org/browse/states/MO/
-	J.  Pony Express; http://www.nps.gov/poex/
-	K. California Trail; http://www.nps.gov/cali/cali/auto_mo.htm
-'''Standard.'''  The State Traffic Engineer shall approve signing for any additional trails.
-The general principles for signing trail or overlays are:
-	A.  Where the Trail or overlay continues over a marked route at a junction with another numbered or lettered route and no turn is involved, the Trail Route Marker shall be mounted at the lower-most portion of the confirmation assembly on the far side of the intersection.  This will require a total of two markers per intersection with numbered or lettered routes.
-	B.  Where the Trail or overlay makes a turn at a junction, there shall be a separate advance turn assembly consisting of the Trail Route Marker and Advance Turn Arrow black on white series sign beneath it.  The Trail Route Marker shall be added to the confirmation assembly beyond the junction.  The advance turn assembly shall be located between the junction assembly and destination sign.
-	C.  If two or more trails or overlays run concurrently on a route, the trail or overlay confirmation assemblies shall be erected on a separate post after the route confirmation.
-Cardinal Direction plaques shall not be used with trails or overlay route markers.
-The AUTO TOUR (M4-1a) auxiliary sign shall be used in combination with the Santa Fe (M10-4), Trail of Tears (M10-5), and Oregon Trail (M10-3) markers.
-'''Guidance.'''  Primary guidance should be in the form of printed literature and strip maps rather than trail signing.
-Typically exclusive to the Lewis and Clark Trail (M10-2) marker, signing should be placed on the Advance Guide Sign where the Lewis and Clark trail crosses an expressway or freeway.
-'''Option.'''  The Lewis and Clark Trail marker may be placed either on the Advance Guide sign if there is adequate green space at the top of the sign or mounted to hang below the Advance Guide Sign.
-[[image:Figure 903.7.74.gif|thumb|center|600px|'''Figure 903.7.74 Standard Application of Trail Signing''']]
-==='''903.7.75 Lewis and Clark Historic Site Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.50a)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:M10-2a.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''M10-2a'''</center>|125px]]
+|align="left"|[https://scenicbyways.info/byway/73301.html Spirit of Kansas City]
-||[[image:Lewis and Clark Assembly.gif|left|250px|thumb|<center>'''Lewis and Clark Assembly'''</center>]]
-|}
-'''Standard.'''  MoDOT shall provide signing for certified Lewis and Clark historic sites.  Signing for sites shall direct motorists from the Lewis and Clark trail to the certified historic site.  Signing for a certified site shall be limited to the nearest junction on the trail to the site.  Second and third order signing on the trail shall not be allowed.  Along the Mississippi River, where there is not an official Lewis and Clark trail, signing shall be provided from the “pseudo-trail” as designated by MoDOT.
-Signing shall consist of the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker (M10-2a) sign and an appropriate Advance Turn Arrow placed in advance of the junction where motorists leave the trail.  If additional trailblazers on the state system are required, the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker sign with the appropriate Advance Turn Arrow shall be used.
-Additional trailblazing off the state system may be required to reach the certified historic site.  This signing shall consist of the smaller version of the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker (M10-2a) sign, which is installed and maintained by others.  MoDOT shall manufacture the Lewis and Clark Historical Marker signs with the cost of manufacturing reimbursed according to the following sections.  Signing on the state system shall not be allowed unless the appropriate trailblazer signs off the state system are also installed, if required.
-If a Public Area Directional sign does not exist for the facility, signing shall be provided according to the normal Lewis and Clark historic site policy.
-Trailblazers shall be reimbursed by the appropriate state agency.
-Requests for Lewis and Clark historic signing for a non-state owned location shall only be considered if the location has been certified by the National Park Service.
-Signing for certified sites shall be in accordance with the normal Lewis and Clark historic site policy.  The owner of the site shall be responsible for the cost and installation of the trailblazer signs and securing approval from the appropriate local agencies for locating and maintaining the trailblazer signs.
-'''Guidance.'''  The Missouri Department of Natural Resources and the Missouri Department of Conservation have erected special interpretive signs at some of their sites.  The advance signs for these sites should be incorporated into any signing that currently exists for the facility by adding it above the existing Public Area Directional sign (see assembly above).
-The Lewis and Clark Historical Marker sign should be mounted to either the left or right side of the Public Area Directional sign based on the turn required to reach the site.
-'''Support.'''  Information for certification can be found at:
-::Lewis & Clark National Historic Trail
-::1709 Jackson Street
-::Omaha, NE 68102-2571
-or at http://www.nps.gov/lecl/Administration&Grants/Cert.htm.
-Information regarding the trail in Missouri can be found at:
-::The Missouri Lewis and Clark Bicentennial Commission
-::100 Jefferson Street, Suite 200
-::Jefferson City, MO 65101
-::573-522-9019
-or at http://www.lewisandclarkmo.com.
-Signing for certified sites will normally be from the approved Lewis and Clark trail. There are, however, several sites along the Missouri River in the north part of St. Louis County that are not conveniently located near the Lewis and Clark trail.  Signing for a certified historic site located from the I-64 bridge over the Missouri River to its confluence with the Mississippi River will be allowed signing at an interchange along I-270 or I-64.  Any signing provided along these routes will be in accordance with the normal Lewis and Clark historic site policy.
-==='''903.7.76	Historical Site Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.50b)===
-'''Standard.'''  Nationally known historical sites, buildings, or places which have “national prominence” and are “nationally known” may be signed at the Commission’s expense provided they meet the following criteria.
-'''Standard.'''  To qualify for signing the historical site, building, or place shall be listed in the National Register of Historical Places, open to the general public during normal hours, public owned or non-profit foundation owned and operated.  Signing shall not be permitted where a commercial or recreational concessionaire serve as the primary activity or attraction.  Minor concessionaire serving refreshments to the visitors shall not be considered the primary activity or attraction.  MoDOT shall provide a maximum of second order signing.  No signing shall be provided for any individual site, building or event located within a larger signed area.
-For purposes of interpretation of this policy “national prominence” and nationally known” persons, places, or events shall include but not be limited to the following: Presidents, Writers, Battlefields, Generals, Educators and Landmarks of National Historical Significance.
-'''Support.'''  This signing would be for such locations as:
-::Harry Truman’s Birthplace
-::Winston Churchill Memorial
-::General Pershing’s Home
-::George Washington Carver Nat’l Monument
-::Wilson’s Creek Nat’l Battlefield Park
-::Daniel Boone’s Home
-==='''903.7.77	Blue Star Markers''' (MUTCD Section 2D.50c)===
-'''Option.'''  Blue Star Markers may be placed on the following routes:  Route 36, Route 50, Route 67, I-44 and I-70.  The signs are normally located in a rest area or roadside park.  These signs are provided and maintained by others.
-'''Standard.'''  Approval for signing shall be obtained from the National Council of State Garden Clubs prior to the erection of any new signs.
-==='''903.7.78	State Historical Society Markers''' (MUTCD Section 2D.50d)===
-'''Support.'''  On November 1952, the Commission entered into an agreement with the Missouri Historical Society for the erection of markers along the highways of Missouri at points of great historic interest.  These signs are provided by others, normally in a rest area, roadside park or at a specific location of historical interest.
-==='''903.7.79 Crossover Signs (D13 Series)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.51)===
-'''Support.'''  Not used in Missouri.
-==='''903.7.80 NATIONAL SCENIC BYWAYS Signs (D6-4, D6-4a)''' (MUTCD Section 2D.52)===
-'''Support.'''  Not used in Missouri.
-==='''903.7.81 Local Reference/Community Awareness Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.53)===
-{| style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto"
 |-
-|[[image:storm ready.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''Storm Ready'''</center>|80px]]||
+|align="left"|[https://scenicbyways.info/byway/73304.html Stars and Stripes Historical/Cultural Byway]
-||[[image:I-12.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''I-12'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:Tree City.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''Tree City'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:Neighborhood Watch.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''Neighborhood Watch'''</center>|80px]]
-||[[image:Local Reference.gif|left|thumb|<center>'''Local Reference'''</center>|80px]]
 |}
+</center>
-'''Option.'''  Signing may be allowed on collector type roads that would not be considered appropriate for freeway/expressway roads.  Local reference signs not described in this manual may be considered for conventional type roads. Examples are signing for libraries, recycling centers, local parks, etc.
+At locations where roadside features have been developed to enhance the traveler’s experience, the Missouri Scenic Byways Point of Interest (D6-4d) plaque may be placed below the Missouri Scenic Byway (D6-4b) sign to inform travelers that the site contributes to the byway travel experience.
-District Engineers may approve local reference signs on conventional type roads if the guidelines are met.
-Cities and counties are permitted to provide directional signing to the city hall or courthouse.  The sign location should provide the most direct route to the city hall or courthouse.
-'''Guidance.'''  Local reference signs and posts should be provided, installed, and maintained by the local political entity, and the district should approve all locations.  Sign design for local reference signs should follow the principles of [http://mutcd.fhwa.dot.gov/pdfs/2003r1/pdf-index.htm the ''MUTCD''] and this manual for size, color and reflectorization.
-Local reference signs are not to be allowed on interstates without approval from the State Traffic Engineer.
-Supplemental or trailblazing signing for the city hall or courthouse over city or county streets should be the responsibility of the local jurisdiction.  Only first order signs on conventional routes should be allowed.  The city or county should provide the signing installation and maintenance at approved locations as determined by district personnel.  The sign should meet our specifications and have reflective green background, white legend and border.
-Traffic Division should be advised of any local reference signing approved by the districts, so that this information can be shared with other districts.  This will provide a basis for other districts when considering similar requests.
-Local reference and community awareness signs should have a maximum height and width of 24 in.
-'''Support.'''  Many communities participate in programs sponsored by different agencies or groups.  Some of these programs provide signs that the cities want to post to acknowledge their participation.  Signing for the following programs are approved for installation on right of way.
-The National Weather Service sponsors the storm ready program.  Communities that qualify for the program are provided signs by the program.  MoDOT will allow Storm Ready signing to be placed adjacent to city limit signs.
-The disaster resistant community program is sponsored by FEMA and locally coordinated by the SEMA.  Communities that qualify for the program are provided standard signs by the program.  MoDOT will allow DISASTER RESISTANT COMMUNITY signing to be placed adjacent to city limit signs.
-Communities will be eligible for the Missouri Community Betterment signs when they become an active member in the Missouri Community Betterment Program and will lose their eligibility if they become inactive for more than one year.
-MoDOT will allow TREE CITY U.S.A. signs to be placed adjacent to city limit signs.
-The National Arbor Day Foundation sponsors the Tree City U.S.A. program for a year at a time.  Upon meeting the requirements for the program a sign or signs are provided to the city.
-MoDOT will allow neighborhood watch signs to be placed at the right of way line.
-Mothers against drunk driving, MADD, sponsors a community recognition program.  MADD provides signs to the communities that qualify for signing.  We will allow MADD signing to be placed adjacent to city limit signs.
-MoDOT will allow DARE signing to be placed adjacent to city limit signs and
-'''Standard.'''  Community awareness signs shall not detract from MDOT signs and maintenance of the roadway.  The signs shall look professional, not contain advertising of any kind, shall be limited to 2 posts with 2 signs per post and be located near the city limits sign.
-The Storm Ready signs shall be erected on a separate post, to be maintained by the city.  Signs and signposts shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the participating community.
-DISASTER RESISTANT COMMUNITY signs shall be erected on a separate post, to be maintained by the city.  Signs and signposts shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the participating community.
-The Missouri Community Betterment (I-12) signs shall be placed in the upper left hand corner of the city limit signs of eligible communities.  The signs shall be 12 x 12 in.  Communities shall be charged a fee for the cost, erection, and maintenance of each sign.
-Communities shall petition the Department of Economic Development for the signs.  The Department of Economic Development shall request MoDOT to erect the signs, collect fees from the communities for the erection of these signs with checks made payable to the Director of Revenue-Credit State Road Fund, and be responsible for maintenance and replacement of worn, faded, or damaged signs.
-The Department of Economic Development through the office of the Missouri Community Betterment Program shall be responsible for certifying the eligibility of a community for the Missouri Community Betterment Signs, request the Missouri.
-To obtain a TREE CITY U.S.A. sign city must supply documentation by submitting a copy of their approved application to the district office for the present year.  This must be done each year in order for the signs to remain next to the city limit signs.
-TREE CITY U.S.A. and Neighborhood Watch signs shall be erected on a separate post, to be maintained by the city or others.  Signs and signposts should be furnished, installed, and maintained by the participating community.
-'''Option.'''  Where there is a need for several of these awareness signs to be installed at a particular location they may be combined into an assembly with a maximum of two awareness signs per post and two posts per location.
-If there is not room to place the DISASTER RESISTANT COMMUNITY, Missouri Community Betterment, TREE CITY U.S.A., MADD, or DARE sign next to the city limit sign they may be located 200 ft. downstream from the city limit sign.  Counties participating in the storm ready program may have signs installed adjacent to county line signs with requirements similar to city installations.
-Any year beyond the first year a decal may be attached to the Tree City U.S.A. sign.
-DARE signs may also be located at the right of way line on routes that pass along school properties.  Counties participating in the DARE program may have signs installed adjacent to county line signs with requirements similar to city installations.
-'''Guidance.'''  Bus stops should not be permitted on freeways and should be established only with the approval of the District Engineer.
-The location and spacing of the stops shall be consistent with both the needs of the bus passenger and a desirability of minimizing traffic flow disruption and operational hazards. Where bus stops are located at intersections, every effort should be made to place them on the far side unless operational considerations clearly indicate otherwise.  Every effort should be made to locate the bus stops off the traveled portion of the roadway.
-The shoulder width should be sufficient to allow clearance between the parked bus and the pavement and also permit storage of passengers and loading of the bus.
-Signing for bus stops should be performed by municipality forces with standard red on white "No Parking - Bus Stop" signs following enactment of an enabling ordinance either on a blanket or specific location basis.
-No other bus system signing, such as trail blazing for bus routes, should be permitted on the state system.
+The end of the byway may be marked with the Missouri Scenic Byways (D6-4c) Confirmation sign with the END (M4-6) auxiliary sign mounted below.
-'''Option.'''  Where a special need exists, the shoulder may be improved for safety and maintenance reasons.
+'''Standard.''' The Missouri Scenic Byway (D6-4b) signs shall be installed at the beginning of the byway and shall include the byway name at the bottom of the sign.
-Local bus officials may be permitted to install supplementary plates bearing schedules for the particular stop and other information relating to the bus operation.  Distinctive bus system logos may be permitted on the supplementary signs provided they are of a configuration, which will not prove distracting to motorists.  These supplementary signs should be installed beneath the municipality signs.
+Missouri Scenic Byways (D6-4c) Confirmation signs shall be installed above route turn assemblies and at intersections where the designated route turns or follows a different numbered highway.
-Signing for other mass transit systems, including park and ride lots associated with the system, will be allowed under guidelines similar to bus stops.
+When a Missouri Scenic Byways sign is installed on state maintained routes, the design shown for the D6-4b or D6-4c sign shall be used.  Use of this design shall be limited to routes that have been designated as a Missouri Scenic Byway by the Commission.
-If the mass transit system has a logo they may incorporate it in to their sign.
+If used, the D6-4b or D6-4c sign shall be placed such that the roadway signs have primary visibility for the road user.
-==='''903.7.82 School Awareness Signs''' (MUTCD Section 2D.54)===
+Any additional signing, other than that provided by MoDOT, shall be located off state maintained right of way.
-[[image:Drug Free.gif|center|thumb|<center>'''Drug Free'''</center>|100px]]
+[[image:903.7.52.jpg|center|thumb|<center>'''Examples of the Use of the Missouri Scenic Byways Sign'''</center>|430px]]
-'''Support.'''  Signs stating THIS IS A DARE DRUG FREE SCHOOL ZONE will be allowed at the right of way line on routes that pass along school property.
+'''Support.''' In some instances, a Missouri Scenic Byway will receive National Scenic Byway status in which case the byway is eligible for additional signing to denote this designation and is eligible for first order signing.
-A channel type post is recommended for the installation of the school awareness signs.
+'''Standard.''' If a Missouri Scenic Byway receives National Scenic Byway status, the National Scenic Byways (D6-4a) sign shall be mounted below the Missouri Scenic Byway (D6-4b) sign or the Missouri Scenic Byways (D6-4c) Confirmation sign.
-'''Standard.'''  DARE signs shall be erected on a separate post, to be maintained by the city.
+If a Missouri Scenic Byway receives National Scenic Byway status it is eligible for first order signing.
-In conjunction with Missouri Statues (RSMo 195.214) that addresses distribution of controlled substances near schools, one DRUG FREE SCHOOL ZONE sign shall be allowed per direction at the right of way line on routes where the right of way abuts school properties.  Schools wishing to erect these signs shall contact the district office prior to installation.
+First order signing for at grade intersections shall consist of a Public Use Area (D7-10) sign containing the byway name, the National Scenic Byway logo and a directional arrow and a distance, if applicable, to the beginning of the byway if less than one mile.
-Signs and signposts for the THIS IS A DARE FREE SCHOOL ZONE and DRUG FREE SCHOOL ZONE shall be furnished, installed and maintained by the participating community.  Each sign should be installed 1,000 ft. from the end of school property.
+For grade-separated interchanges, supplement guide signs and ramp signing may be installed to direct traffic to the byway.  The mainline signs shall be white on brown and contain the America’s Byway logo, the name of the byway and NEXT RIGHT.  The ramp sign will be of the same design as the first order at grade signing.
-'''Guidance.'''  The school should be informed of the importance of contacting utility companies since the sign will likely be in the utility corridor.
+The location of these signs shall be identical to that found on a normal Missouri Scenic Byway.
+The costs associated with the National Scenic Byways designation shall be the responsibility of the group or association responsible for byway.
 [[Category:903 Highway Signing|903.07]]

903.7 Conventional Road Guide Signs: Difference between revisions

Latest revision as of 14:10, 26 October 2021

903.7.1 Scope of Conventional Road Guide Sign Standards (MUTCD Section 2D.01)

903.7.2 Application (MUTCD Section 2D.02)

903.7.3 Color, Retroreflection, and Illumination (MUTCD Section 2D.03)

903.7.4 Size of Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.04)

Table 903.7.4 Guide Sign Sizes

903.7.5 Lettering Style (MUTCD Section 2D.05)

903.7.6 Size of Lettering (MUTCD Section 2D.06)

903.7.7 Amount of Legend (MUTCD Section 2D.07)

903.7.8 Arrows (MUTCD Section 2D.08)

903.7.9 Numbered Highway Systems (MUTCD Section 2D.09)

903.7.10 Route Signs and Auxiliary Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.10)

903.7.11 Design of Route Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.11)

903.7.12 Design of Route Sign Auxiliaries (MUTCD Section 2D.12)

903.7.13 Junction Auxiliary Sign (M2-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.13)

903.7.14 Cardinal Direction Auxiliary Signs (M3-1 through M3-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.15)

903.7.15 Auxiliary Signs for Alternative Routes (M4 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.16)

903.7.16 ALTERNATE Auxiliary Signs (M4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.17)

903.7.17 SPUR Auxiliary Sign (M4-1b)

903.7.18 BUSINESS Auxiliary Sign (M4-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.19)

903.7.19 TO Auxiliary Sign (M4-5) (MUTCD Section 2D.21)

903.7.20 END Auxiliary Sign (M4-6) (MUTCD Section 2D.22)

903.7.21 TEMPORARY Auxiliary Signs (M4-7) (MUTCD Section 2D.24)

903.7.22 Temporary Detour and Auxiliary Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.25)

903.7.23 Advance Turn Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M5-1, M5-2, M5-3) (MUTCD Section 2D.26)

903.7.24 Lane Designation Auxiliary Signs (M5-4, M5-5, M5-6) (MUTCD Section 2D.27)

903.7.25 Directional Arrow Auxiliary Signs (M6 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.28)

903.7.26 Route Sign Assemblies (MUTCD Section 2D.29)

903.7.27 Junction Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.30)

903.7.28 Advance Route Turn Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.31)

903.7.29 Directional Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.32)

903.7.30 Combination Lane-Use/Destination Overhead Guide Sign (MUTCD Section 2D.33)

903.7.31 Confirming or Reassurance Assemblies (MUTCD Section 2D.34)

903.7.32 Trailblazer Assembly (MUTCD Section 2D.35)

903.7.33 Destination and/or Distance Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.36)

903.7.34 Destination Signs (D1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.37)

903.7.35 Destination Signs at Circular Intersections (MUTCD Section 2D.38)

903.7.36 Destination Signs at Jughandles (MUTCD Section 2D.39)

903.7.37 Location of Destination Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.40)

903.7.38 Distance Signs (D2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.41)

903.7.39 Location of Distance Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.42)

903.7.40 Destination and Distance Signs (D1a Series)

903.7.41 Street Name Signs (D3-1 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.43)

Table 903.7.41 Recommended Minimum Letter Heights on Street Name Signs

903.7.42 Advance Street Name Signs (D3-2 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.44)

903.7.43 Signing on Conventional Roads on Approaches to Interchanges (MUTCD Section 2D.45)

903.7.44 Lake Road Signs (M1-15)

903.7.45 MoDOT Maintenance Signs (M19-1, M19-2)

903.7.46 Parking Area Guide Sign (D4-1) (MUTCD Section 2D.47)

903.7.47 PARK - RIDE Sign (D4-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.48)

903.7.48 Weigh Station Signing (D8 Series) (MUTCD Section 2D.49)

903.7.49 Community Wayfinding Signs (MUTCD Section 2D.50)

903.7.50 Climbing Lane Signs (D17-1, D17-2) (MUTCD Section 2D.51)

903.7.51 National Scenic Byways Signs (D6-4) (MUTCD Section 2D.55)

Table 903.7.51 Approved National Scenic Byways in Missouri

903.7.52 Missouri Scenic Byways Signs (D6-4b, D6-4c, D6-4d)

Table 903.7.52 Approved Missouri Scenic Byways

Navigation menu

Search